Pending: 32010D0023

9.2.2011 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 35/17
(1) Decision ECB/2001/16 of 6 December 2001 on the allocation of monetary income of the national central banks of participating Member States from the financial year 2002(1)has been substantially amended several times(2). Since further amendments are to be made, it should be recast in the interests of clarity.
(2) Pursuant to Article 32.1 of the Statute of the ESCB, monetary income is the income accruing to the NCBs in the performance of the monetary policy function. Pursuant to Article 32.2 of the Statute of the ESCB, the amount of each NCB’s monetary income is equal to its annual income derived from its assets held against notes in circulation and deposit liabilities to credit institutions. These assets are to be earmarked by NCBs in accordance with the guidelines of the Governing Council. NCBs should earmark the assets ensuing from the performance of the monetary policy function as assets held against the notes in circulation and deposit liabilities to credit institutions. Pursuant to Article 32.4 of the Statute of the ESCB, the amount of each NCB’s monetary income is reduced by an amount equivalent to any interest paid by that NCB on its deposit liabilities to credit institutions in accordance with Article 19.
(3) Pursuant to Article 32.5 of the Statute of the ESCB, the sum of the monetary income of the NCBs is allocated to them in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the European Central Bank (ECB).
(4) Pursuant to Articles 32.6 and 32.7 of the Statute of the ESCB, the Governing Council is empowered to establish guidelines for the clearing and settlement by the ECB of the balances arising from the allocation of monetary income and to take all other measures necessary for the application of Article 32.
(5) Pursuant to Article 10 of Council Regulation (EC) No 974/98 of 3 May 1998 on the introduction of the euro(3), the ECB and the NCBs put euro banknotes into circulation. Article 15 of this Regulation provides that banknotes denominated in national currency units remain legal tender within their territorial limits until 6 months from the respective cash changeover date at the latest. The cash changeover year should thus be regarded as a special year, since banknotes in circulation denominated in national currency units may still account for a considerable proportion of the banknotes in circulation.
(6) Article 15(1) of Guideline ECB/2006/9 of 14 July 2006 on certain preparations for the euro cash changeover and on frontloading and sub-frontloading of euro banknotes and coins outside the euro area(4)provides that euro banknotes frontloaded to eligible counterparties are debited in those counterparties’ accounts with their NCB at their face value, in accordance with the following ‘linear debiting model’: the total amount of frontloaded euro banknotes are debited in three equal instalments, on the settlement date of the first, fourth and fifth Eurosystem main refinancing operations following the cash changeover date. The calculation of monetary income for the cash changeover year needs to take account of this ‘linear debiting model’.
(7) This Decision is related to Decision ECB/2010/29 of 13 December 2010 on the issue of euro banknotes(5), which provides that the ECB and the NCBs issue euro banknotes. Decision ECB/2010/29 establishes the allocation of euro banknotes in circulation to the NCBs in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the ECB. It also allocates to the ECB 8 % of the total value of euro banknotes in circulation. The allocation of euro banknotes among Eurosystem members gives rise to intra-Eurosystem balances. The remuneration of these intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation has a direct effect on the income of each Eurosystem member, and therefore it should be regulated under this Decision. The income accruing to the ECB on the remuneration of its intra-Eurosystem claims on NCBs related to its share of euro banknotes in circulation should in principle be distributed to the NCBs in accordance with Decision ECB/2010/24 of 25 November 2010 on the interim distribution of the income of the European Central Bank on euro banknotes in circulation and arising from securities purchased under the securities markets programme(6)in proportion to their shares in the subscribed capital key in the same financial year it accrues.
(8) The net balance of the intra-Eurosystem claims and liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation should be remunerated by applying an objective criterion defining the cost of money. In this context, the main refinancing operations rate used by the Eurosystem in its tenders for main refinancing operations is regarded as appropriate.
(9) The net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation should be included in the liability base for the purposes of the calculation of the NCBs’ monetary income pursuant to Article 32.2 of the Statute of the ESCB as they are equivalent to banknotes in circulation. The settlement of interest on intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation will therefore result in the distribution of a substantial amount of the Eurosystem’s monetary income among NCBs in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the ECB. These intra-Eurosystem balances should be adjusted to allow for a gradual adaptation of the NCBs’ balance sheets and profit and loss accounts. The adjustments should be based on the value of banknotes in circulation of each NCB during a period prior to the introduction of euro banknotes. These adjustments should apply on a yearly basis in accordance with a fixed formula for no more than 5 years thereafter.
(10) The adjustments to the intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation have been calculated in order to compensate for any significant changes in the NCBs’ income positions as a consequence of the introduction of euro banknotes and the subsequent allocation of monetary income.
(11) The general rules laid down in Article 32 of the Statute of the ESCB also apply to the income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes that have been withdrawn from circulation.
(12) Article 32.5 of the Statute of the ESCB specifies that the sum of the NCBs’ monetary income is allocated to the NCBs in proportion to their paid up shares in the ECB’s capital. Pursuant to Article 32.7 of the Statute of the ESCB, the Governing Council is competent to take all other measures necessary for the application of Article 32. This includes the competence to take account of other factors when deciding on the allocation of income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes that have been withdrawn from circulation. In this context, the principles of equal treatment and fairness require that account be taken of the time period during which the withdrawn euro banknotes were issued. The allocation key for this specific income must therefore reflect both the relevant share in the ECB’s capital and the length of the issue phase.
(13) The withdrawal of euro banknotes needs to be regulated by separate decisions to be taken pursuant to Article 5 of Decision ECB/2003/4 of 20 March 2003 on the denominations, specifications, reproduction, exchange and withdrawal of euro banknotes(7),
(a) ‘NCB’ means a national central bank of a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(b) ‘liability base’ means the amount of qualifying liabilities, within the balance sheet of each NCB, specified in accordance with Annex I to this Decision;
(c) ‘earmarkable assets’ means the amount of assets held against the liability base, within the balance sheet of each NCB, specified in accordance with Annex II to this Decision;
(d) ‘intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation’ means the claims and liabilities arising between an NCB and the ECB and between an NCB and the other NCBs as a result of the application of Article 4 of Decision ECB/2010/29;
(e) ‘subscribed capital key’ means the NCBs’ shares, expressed as percentages, in the ECB’s subscribed capital that result from applying to the NCBs the weightings in the key referred to in Article 29.1 of the Statute of the ESCB and as applicable for the relevant financial year;
(f) ‘credit institution’ means either: (a) a credit institution within the meaning of Article 2 and Article 4(1)(a) of Directive 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions(8), as implemented in national law, that is subject to supervision by a competent authority; or (b) another credit institution within the meaning of Article 123(2) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union that is subject to scrutiny of a standard comparable to supervision by a competent authority;
(g) ‘HBS’ means the harmonised balance sheet as set out in Annex VIII to the Guideline ECB/2010/20 of 11 November 2010 on the legal framework for accounting and financial reporting in the European System of Central Banks(9);
(h) ‘reference rate’ means the latest available marginal interest rate used by the Eurosystem in its tenders for main refinancing operations under paragraph 3.1.2 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 of 31 August 2000 on monetary policy instruments and procedures of the Eurosystem(10). Where more than one main refinancing operation is conducted for settlement on the same day, a simple average of the marginal rates of the operations conducted in parallel is used;
(i) ‘cash changeover date’ means the date on which euro banknotes and coins acquire the status of legal tender in a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(j) ‘reference period’ means a period of 24 months starting 30 months before the cash changeover date;
(k) ‘cash changeover year’ means a period of 12 months starting on the cash changeover date;
(l) ‘daily foreign exchange reference rate’ means the daily foreign exchange reference rate that is based on the regular daily concertation procedure between central banks within and outside the European System of Central Banks, which normally takes place at 14.15 Central European Time;
(m) ‘withdrawn euro banknotes’ means any euro banknote type or series that has been withdrawn from circulation by a decision of the Governing Council taken pursuant to Article 5 of Decision ECB/2003/4;
(n) ‘issue key’ means the average subscribed capital key during the issue phase of a type or series of withdrawn euro banknotes;
(o) ‘issue phase’, in relation to a euro banknote type or series, means the period starting on the date on which the first issue of a euro banknote of this type or series is recorded in the liability base and ending on the date on which the last issue of a euro banknote of this type or series is recorded in the liability base;
(p) ‘to write off’ means to eliminate withdrawn euro banknotes from the balance sheet item ‘banknotes in circulation’.
C is the compensatory amount,
K is the euro amount for each NCB that results from the application of the subscribed capital key to the average value of banknotes in circulation during the reference period, whereby the amount of banknotes in circulation denominated in the national currency of a Member State that adopts the euro shall be translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period,
A is the average euro value for each NCB of banknotes in circulation during the reference period, translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period,
S is the following coefficient for each financial year, starting with the cash changeover date:Financial yearCoefficientCash changeover year1Cash changeover year plus 1 year0,8606735Cash changeover year plus 2 years0,7013472Cash changeover year plus 3 years0,5334835Cash changeover year plus 4 years0,3598237Cash changeover year plus 5 years0,1817225 Financial year Coefficient Cash changeover year 1 Cash changeover year plus 1 year 0,8606735 Cash changeover year plus 2 years 0,7013472 Cash changeover year plus 3 years 0,5334835 Cash changeover year plus 4 years 0,3598237 Cash changeover year plus 5 years 0,1817225
Financial year Coefficient
Cash changeover year 1
Cash changeover year plus 1 year 0,8606735
Cash changeover year plus 2 years 0,7013472
Cash changeover year plus 3 years 0,5334835
Cash changeover year plus 4 years 0,3598237
Cash changeover year plus 5 years 0,1817225
Financial year Coefficient
Cash changeover year 1
Cash changeover year plus 1 year 0,8606735
Cash changeover year plus 2 years 0,7013472
Cash changeover year plus 3 years 0,5334835
Cash changeover year plus 4 years 0,3598237
Cash changeover year plus 5 years 0,1817225
(a) On the write-off date, the ECB’s and the NCBs’ balance sheet items ‘Banknotes in circulation’ shall be reduced by the total amount of withdrawn euro banknotes still in circulation. For this purpose, the actual amounts of withdrawn euro banknotes that were put into circulation shall be adjusted to their pro-rata amounts calculated in accordance with the issue key, and the differences shall be settled among the ECB and the NCBs.
(b) The adjusted amount of withdrawn euro banknotes shall be written off from the balance sheet item ‘Banknotes in circulation’ to the NCBs’ profit and loss accounts.
(c) Each NCB shall establish a provision for withdrawn euro banknotes that are still expected to be exchanged. The provision shall be equivalent to the relevant NCB’s share in the total amount of the provision calculated using the issue key.
A. The liability base includes, to the exclusion of any other items:1.Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions.2.Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).3.Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS.4.Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS).5.Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS).6.Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS). 1. Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions. (a) includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and (b) must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS). 2. Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). (a) current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS); (b) amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS); (c) fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS); (d) liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS); (e) deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). 3. Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS. 4. Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS). 5. Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS). 6. Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS).
1. Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions. (a) includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and (b) must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
(a) includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and
(b) must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
2. Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). (a) current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS); (b) amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS); (c) fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS); (d) liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS); (e) deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
(a) current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);
(b) amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);
(c) fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);
(d) liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);
(e) deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
3. Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS.
4. Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS).
5. Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS).
6. Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS).
1. Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions. (a) includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and (b) must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
(a) includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and
(b) must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
(a) includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and
(b) must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
2. Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). (a) current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS); (b) amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS); (c) fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS); (d) liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS); (e) deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
(a) current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);
(b) amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);
(c) fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);
(d) liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);
(e) deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
(a) current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);
(b) amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);
(c) fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);
(d) liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);
(e) deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
3. Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS.
4. Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS).
5. Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS).
6. Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS).
B. The amount of each NCB’s liability base is calculated in accordance with the harmonised accounting principles and rules laid down in Guideline ECB/2010/20.
A. Earmarkable assets include, with the exclusion of any other items:1.Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS).2.Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS).3.Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).4.Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS).5.Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS).6.Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002.7.Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions.8.Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS). 1. Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS). 2. Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS). 3. Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS). 4. Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS). 5. Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS). 6. Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002. 7. Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions. 8. Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS).
1. Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS).
2. Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS).
3. Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).
4. Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS).
5. Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS).
6. Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002.
7. Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions.
8. Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS).
1. Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS).
2. Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS).
3. Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).
4. Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS).
5. Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS).
6. Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002.
7. Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions.
8. Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS).
B. The value of each NCB’s earmarkable assets is calculated in accordance with the harmonised accounting principles and rules laid down in Guideline ECB/2010/20.
Decision ECB/2001/16 OJ L 337, 20.12.2001, p. 55.
Decision ECB/2003/22 OJ L 9, 15.1.2004, p. 39.
Decision ECB/2006/7 OJ L 148, 2.6.2006, p. 56.
Decision ECB/2007/15 OJ L 333, 19.12.2007, p. 86.
Decision ECB/2009/27 OJ L 339, 22.12.2009, p. 55.
Decision ECB/2001/16 This Decision
Article 5a Article 6
Article 6 Article 7
THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK,
Having regard to the Statute of the European System of Central Banks and of the European Central Bank (hereinafter the ‘Statute of the ESCB’), and in particular Article 32 thereof,
(1) Decision ECB/2001/16 of 6 December 2001 on the allocation of monetary income of the national central banks of participating Member States from the financial year 2002(1)has been substantially amended several times(2). Since further amendments are to be made, it should be recast in the interests of clarity.
(2) Pursuant to Article 32.1 of the Statute of the ESCB, monetary income is the income accruing to the NCBs in the performance of the monetary policy function. Pursuant to Article 32.2 of the Statute of the ESCB, the amount of each NCB’s monetary income is equal to its annual income derived from its assets held against notes in circulation and deposit liabilities to credit institutions. These assets are to be earmarked by NCBs in accordance with the guidelines of the Governing Council. NCBs should earmark the assets ensuing from the performance of the monetary policy function as assets held against the notes in circulation and deposit liabilities to credit institutions. Pursuant to Article 32.4 of the Statute of the ESCB, the amount of each NCB’s monetary income is reduced by an amount equivalent to any interest paid by that NCB on its deposit liabilities to credit institutions in accordance with Article 19.
(3) Pursuant to Article 32.5 of the Statute of the ESCB, the sum of the monetary income of the NCBs is allocated to them in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the European Central Bank (ECB).
(4) Pursuant to Articles 32.6 and 32.7 of the Statute of the ESCB, the Governing Council is empowered to establish guidelines for the clearing and settlement by the ECB of the balances arising from the allocation of monetary income and to take all other measures necessary for the application of Article 32.
(5) Pursuant to Article 10 of Council Regulation (EC) No 974/98 of 3 May 1998 on the introduction of the euro(3), the ECB and the NCBs put euro banknotes into circulation. Article 15 of this Regulation provides that banknotes denominated in national currency units remain legal tender within their territorial limits until 6 months from the respective cash changeover date at the latest. The cash changeover year should thus be regarded as a special year, since banknotes in circulation denominated in national currency units may still account for a considerable proportion of the banknotes in circulation.
(6) Article 15(1) of Guideline ECB/2006/9 of 14 July 2006 on certain preparations for the euro cash changeover and on frontloading and sub-frontloading of euro banknotes and coins outside the euro area(4)provides that euro banknotes frontloaded to eligible counterparties are debited in those counterparties’ accounts with their NCB at their face value, in accordance with the following ‘linear debiting model’: the total amount of frontloaded euro banknotes are debited in three equal instalments, on the settlement date of the first, fourth and fifth Eurosystem main refinancing operations following the cash changeover date. The calculation of monetary income for the cash changeover year needs to take account of this ‘linear debiting model’.
(7) This Decision is related to Decision ECB/2010/29 of 13 December 2010 on the issue of euro banknotes(5), which provides that the ECB and the NCBs issue euro banknotes. Decision ECB/2010/29 establishes the allocation of euro banknotes in circulation to the NCBs in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the ECB. It also allocates to the ECB 8 % of the total value of euro banknotes in circulation. The allocation of euro banknotes among Eurosystem members gives rise to intra-Eurosystem balances. The remuneration of these intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation has a direct effect on the income of each Eurosystem member, and therefore it should be regulated under this Decision. The income accruing to the ECB on the remuneration of its intra-Eurosystem claims on NCBs related to its share of euro banknotes in circulation should in principle be distributed to the NCBs in accordance with Decision ECB/2010/24 of 25 November 2010 on the interim distribution of the income of the European Central Bank on euro banknotes in circulation and arising from securities purchased under the securities markets programme(6)in proportion to their shares in the subscribed capital key in the same financial year it accrues.
(8) The net balance of the intra-Eurosystem claims and liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation should be remunerated by applying an objective criterion defining the cost of money. In this context, the main refinancing operations rate used by the Eurosystem in its tenders for main refinancing operations is regarded as appropriate.
(9) The net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation should be included in the liability base for the purposes of the calculation of the NCBs’ monetary income pursuant to Article 32.2 of the Statute of the ESCB as they are equivalent to banknotes in circulation. The settlement of interest on intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation will therefore result in the distribution of a substantial amount of the Eurosystem’s monetary income among NCBs in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the ECB. These intra-Eurosystem balances should be adjusted to allow for a gradual adaptation of the NCBs’ balance sheets and profit and loss accounts. The adjustments should be based on the value of banknotes in circulation of each NCB during a period prior to the introduction of euro banknotes. These adjustments should apply on a yearly basis in accordance with a fixed formula for no more than 5 years thereafter.
(10) The adjustments to the intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation have been calculated in order to compensate for any significant changes in the NCBs’ income positions as a consequence of the introduction of euro banknotes and the subsequent allocation of monetary income.
(11) The general rules laid down in Article 32 of the Statute of the ESCB also apply to the income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes that have been withdrawn from circulation.
(12) Article 32.5 of the Statute of the ESCB specifies that the sum of the NCBs’ monetary income is allocated to the NCBs in proportion to their paid up shares in the ECB’s capital. Pursuant to Article 32.7 of the Statute of the ESCB, the Governing Council is competent to take all other measures necessary for the application of Article 32. This includes the competence to take account of other factors when deciding on the allocation of income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes that have been withdrawn from circulation. In this context, the principles of equal treatment and fairness require that account be taken of the time period during which the withdrawn euro banknotes were issued. The allocation key for this specific income must therefore reflect both the relevant share in the ECB’s capital and the length of the issue phase.
(13) The withdrawal of euro banknotes needs to be regulated by separate decisions to be taken pursuant to Article 5 of Decision ECB/2003/4 of 20 March 2003 on the denominations, specifications, reproduction, exchange and withdrawal of euro banknotes(7),
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Definitions
Article 1
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
‘NCB’ means a national central bank of a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(b)
‘liability base’ means the amount of qualifying liabilities, within the balance sheet of each NCB, specified in accordance with Annex I to this Decision;
(c)
‘earmarkable assets’ means the amount of assets held against the liability base, within the balance sheet of each NCB, specified in accordance with Annex II to this Decision;
(d)
‘intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation’ means the claims and liabilities arising between an NCB and the ECB and between an NCB and the other NCBs as a result of the application of Article 4 of Decision ECB/2010/29;
(e)
‘subscribed capital key’ means the NCBs’ shares, expressed as percentages, in the ECB’s subscribed capital that result from applying to the NCBs the weightings in the key referred to in Article 29.1 of the Statute of the ESCB and as applicable for the relevant financial year;
(f)
‘credit institution’ means either: (a) a credit institution within the meaning of Article 2 and Article 4(1)(a) of Directive 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions(8), as implemented in national law, that is subject to supervision by a competent authority; or (b) another credit institution within the meaning of Article 123(2) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union that is subject to scrutiny of a standard comparable to supervision by a competent authority;
(g)
‘HBS’ means the harmonised balance sheet as set out in Annex VIII to the Guideline ECB/2010/20 of 11 November 2010 on the legal framework for accounting and financial reporting in the European System of Central Banks(9);
(h)
‘reference rate’ means the latest available marginal interest rate used by the Eurosystem in its tenders for main refinancing operations under paragraph 3.1.2 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 of 31 August 2000 on monetary policy instruments and procedures of the Eurosystem(10). Where more than one main refinancing operation is conducted for settlement on the same day, a simple average of the marginal rates of the operations conducted in parallel is used;
(i)
‘cash changeover date’ means the date on which euro banknotes and coins acquire the status of legal tender in a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(j)
‘reference period’ means a period of 24 months starting 30 months before the cash changeover date;
(k)
‘cash changeover year’ means a period of 12 months starting on the cash changeover date;
(l)
‘daily foreign exchange reference rate’ means the daily foreign exchange reference rate that is based on the regular daily concertation procedure between central banks within and outside the European System of Central Banks, which normally takes place at 14.15 Central European Time;
(m)
‘withdrawn euro banknotes’ means any euro banknote type or series that has been withdrawn from circulation by a decision of the Governing Council taken pursuant to Article 5 of Decision ECB/2003/4;
(n)
‘issue key’ means the average subscribed capital key during the issue phase of a type or series of withdrawn euro banknotes;
(o)
‘issue phase’, in relation to a euro banknote type or series, means the period starting on the date on which the first issue of a euro banknote of this type or series is recorded in the liability base and ending on the date on which the last issue of a euro banknote of this type or series is recorded in the liability base;
(p)
‘to write off’ means to eliminate withdrawn euro banknotes from the balance sheet item ‘banknotes in circulation’.

Intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation
Article 2
1. The intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall be calculated on a monthly basis and shall be recorded in the books of the ECB and the NCBs on the first business day of the month with a value date of the last business day of the preceding month.
Where a Member State adopts the euro, the calculation of the intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation under the first subparagraph shall be recorded in the books of the ECB and the NCBs with a value date of the cash changeover date.
The intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall, for the period from 1 to 31 January of the first year with effect from which each quinquennial adjustment pursuant to Article 29.3 of the Statute of the ESCB applies, be calculated on the basis of the adjusted subscribed capital key applied to balances on the total euro banknotes in circulation on 31 December of the previous year.
2. The intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision, shall be remunerated at the reference rate.
3. The remuneration referred to in paragraph 2 shall be settled by TARGET2 payments on a quarterly basis.

Method for measuring monetary income
Article 3
1. The amount of each NCB’s monetary income shall be determined by measuring the actual income that derives from the earmarkable assets recorded in its books. As exceptions thereto, gold shall not be considered to generate income, and securities held for monetary policy purposes under Decision ECB/2009/16 of 2 July 2009 on the implementation of the covered bond purchase programme(11)shall be considered to generate income at the reference rate.
2. Where the value of an NCB’s earmarkable assets exceeds or falls short of the value of its liability base, the difference shall be offset by applying the reference rate to the value of the difference.

Adjustments to intra-Eurosystem balances
Article 4
1. For the purposes of monetary income calculation, each NCB’s intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall be adjusted by a compensatory amount determined in accordance with the following formula:
C = (K – A) × S
where:
C
is the compensatory amount,
K
is the euro amount for each NCB that results from the application of the subscribed capital key to the average value of banknotes in circulation during the reference period, whereby the amount of banknotes in circulation denominated in the national currency of a Member State that adopts the euro shall be translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period,
A
is the average euro value for each NCB of banknotes in circulation during the reference period, translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period,
S
is the following coefficient for each financial year, starting with the cash changeover date:
2. The sum of the compensatory amounts of the NCBs shall be zero.
3. Compensatory amounts shall be calculated each time a Member State adopts the euro or when the ECB’s subscribed capital key changes.
4. When an NCB joins the Eurosystem, its compensatory amount shall be allocated to the other NCBs in proportion to the respective shares of the other NCBs in the subscribed capital key, with the sign (+/–) reversed, and shall be in addition to any compensatory amounts already in force for the other NCBs.
5. The compensatory amounts and the accounting entries to balance those compensatory amounts shall be recorded on separate intra-Eurosystem accounts in the books of each NCB with a value date of the cash changeover date and the same value date of each following year of the adjustment period. The accounting entries to balance the compensatory amounts shall not be remunerated.
6. By derogation from paragraph 1, on the occurrence of specific events relating to changes in patterns of banknote circulation, as set out in Annex III to this Decision, each NCB’s intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions set out in that Annex.
7. The adjustments to intra-Eurosystem balances provided for in this Article shall cease to apply from the first day of the sixth year following the relevant cash changeover year.

Calculation and allocation of monetary income
Article 5
1. The calculation of each NCB’s monetary income shall be effected by the ECB on a daily basis. The calculation shall be based on accounting data reported by NCBs to the ECB. The ECB shall inform the NCBs of the cumulative amounts on a quarterly basis.
2. The amount of each NCB’s monetary income shall be reduced by an amount equivalent to any interest accrued or paid on liabilities included within the liability base, and in accordance with any decision of the Governing Council under the second subparagraph of Article 32.4 of the Statute of the ESCB.
3. The allocation of the sum of each NCB’s monetary income in proportion to the subscribed capital key shall take place at the end of each financial year.

Calculation and allocation of income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes
Article 6
1. Withdrawn euro banknotes shall remain part of the liability base until they are exchanged or written off, whichever event occurs first.
2. The Governing Council may decide to write off withdrawn euro banknotes, in which case it shall specify the write-off date and the total amount of the provision to be made for those withdrawn euro banknotes that are still expected to be exchanged.
3. Withdrawn euro banknotes shall be written off as follows:
(a)
On the write-off date, the ECB’s and the NCBs’ balance sheet items ‘Banknotes in circulation’ shall be reduced by the total amount of withdrawn euro banknotes still in circulation. For this purpose, the actual amounts of withdrawn euro banknotes that were put into circulation shall be adjusted to their pro-rata amounts calculated in accordance with the issue key, and the differences shall be settled among the ECB and the NCBs.
(b)
The adjusted amount of withdrawn euro banknotes shall be written off from the balance sheet item ‘Banknotes in circulation’ to the NCBs’ profit and loss accounts.
(c)
Each NCB shall establish a provision for withdrawn euro banknotes that are still expected to be exchanged. The provision shall be equivalent to the relevant NCB’s share in the total amount of the provision calculated using the issue key.
4. Withdrawn euro banknotes that are exchanged after the write-off date shall be recorded in the books of the NCB that has accepted them. The inflow of withdrawn euro banknotes shall be redistributed among NCBs at least once a year by applying the issue key, and the differences shall be settled between them. Each NCB shall set off the pro-rata amount against its provision or, in the event that the inflow exceeds the provision, record a corresponding expense in its profit and loss account.
5. The Governing Council shall review the total amount of the provision on an annual basis.

Repeal
Article 7
Decision ECB/2001/16 is hereby repealed. References to the repealed Decision shall be construed as references to this Decision and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table in Annex V.

Entry into force
Article 8
This Decision shall enter into force on 31 December 2010.

THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK,
Having regard to the Statute of the European System of Central Banks and of the European Central Bank (hereinafter the ‘Statute of the ESCB’), and in particular Article 32 thereof,
(1) Decision ECB/2001/16 of 6 December 2001 on the allocation of monetary income of the national central banks of participating Member States from the financial year 2002(1)has been substantially amended several times(2). Since further amendments are to be made, it should be recast in the interests of clarity.
(2) Pursuant to Article 32.1 of the Statute of the ESCB, monetary income is the income accruing to the NCBs in the performance of the monetary policy function. Pursuant to Article 32.2 of the Statute of the ESCB, the amount of each NCB’s monetary income is equal to its annual income derived from its assets held against notes in circulation and deposit liabilities to credit institutions. These assets are to be earmarked by NCBs in accordance with the guidelines of the Governing Council. NCBs should earmark the assets ensuing from the performance of the monetary policy function as assets held against the notes in circulation and deposit liabilities to credit institutions. Pursuant to Article 32.4 of the Statute of the ESCB, the amount of each NCB’s monetary income is reduced by an amount equivalent to any interest paid by that NCB on its deposit liabilities to credit institutions in accordance with Article 19.
(3) Pursuant to Article 32.5 of the Statute of the ESCB, the sum of the monetary income of the NCBs is allocated to them in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the European Central Bank (ECB).
(4) Pursuant to Articles 32.6 and 32.7 of the Statute of the ESCB, the Governing Council is empowered to establish guidelines for the clearing and settlement by the ECB of the balances arising from the allocation of monetary income and to take all other measures necessary for the application of Article 32.
(5) Pursuant to Article 10 of Council Regulation (EC) No 974/98 of 3 May 1998 on the introduction of the euro(3), the ECB and the NCBs put euro banknotes into circulation. Article 15 of this Regulation provides that banknotes denominated in national currency units remain legal tender within their territorial limits until 6 months from the respective cash changeover date at the latest. The cash changeover year should thus be regarded as a special year, since banknotes in circulation denominated in national currency units may still account for a considerable proportion of the banknotes in circulation.
(6) Article 15(1) of Guideline ECB/2006/9 of 14 July 2006 on certain preparations for the euro cash changeover and on frontloading and sub-frontloading of euro banknotes and coins outside the euro area(4)provides that euro banknotes frontloaded to eligible counterparties are debited in those counterparties’ accounts with their NCB at their face value, in accordance with the following ‘linear debiting model’: the total amount of frontloaded euro banknotes are debited in three equal instalments, on the settlement date of the first, fourth and fifth Eurosystem main refinancing operations following the cash changeover date. The calculation of monetary income for the cash changeover year needs to take account of this ‘linear debiting model’.
(7) This Decision is related to Decision ECB/2010/29 of 13 December 2010 on the issue of euro banknotes(5), which provides that the ECB and the NCBs issue euro banknotes. Decision ECB/2010/29 establishes the allocation of euro banknotes in circulation to the NCBs in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the ECB. It also allocates to the ECB 8 % of the total value of euro banknotes in circulation. The allocation of euro banknotes among Eurosystem members gives rise to intra-Eurosystem balances. The remuneration of these intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation has a direct effect on the income of each Eurosystem member, and therefore it should be regulated under this Decision. The income accruing to the ECB on the remuneration of its intra-Eurosystem claims on NCBs related to its share of euro banknotes in circulation should in principle be distributed to the NCBs in accordance with Decision ECB/2010/24 of 25 November 2010 on the interim distribution of the income of the European Central Bank on euro banknotes in circulation and arising from securities purchased under the securities markets programme(6)in proportion to their shares in the subscribed capital key in the same financial year it accrues.
(8) The net balance of the intra-Eurosystem claims and liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation should be remunerated by applying an objective criterion defining the cost of money. In this context, the main refinancing operations rate used by the Eurosystem in its tenders for main refinancing operations is regarded as appropriate.
(9) The net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation should be included in the liability base for the purposes of the calculation of the NCBs’ monetary income pursuant to Article 32.2 of the Statute of the ESCB as they are equivalent to banknotes in circulation. The settlement of interest on intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation will therefore result in the distribution of a substantial amount of the Eurosystem’s monetary income among NCBs in proportion to their paid-up shares in the capital of the ECB. These intra-Eurosystem balances should be adjusted to allow for a gradual adaptation of the NCBs’ balance sheets and profit and loss accounts. The adjustments should be based on the value of banknotes in circulation of each NCB during a period prior to the introduction of euro banknotes. These adjustments should apply on a yearly basis in accordance with a fixed formula for no more than 5 years thereafter.
(10) The adjustments to the intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation have been calculated in order to compensate for any significant changes in the NCBs’ income positions as a consequence of the introduction of euro banknotes and the subsequent allocation of monetary income.
(11) The general rules laid down in Article 32 of the Statute of the ESCB also apply to the income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes that have been withdrawn from circulation.
(12) Article 32.5 of the Statute of the ESCB specifies that the sum of the NCBs’ monetary income is allocated to the NCBs in proportion to their paid up shares in the ECB’s capital. Pursuant to Article 32.7 of the Statute of the ESCB, the Governing Council is competent to take all other measures necessary for the application of Article 32. This includes the competence to take account of other factors when deciding on the allocation of income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes that have been withdrawn from circulation. In this context, the principles of equal treatment and fairness require that account be taken of the time period during which the withdrawn euro banknotes were issued. The allocation key for this specific income must therefore reflect both the relevant share in the ECB’s capital and the length of the issue phase.
(13) The withdrawal of euro banknotes needs to be regulated by separate decisions to be taken pursuant to Article 5 of Decision ECB/2003/4 of 20 March 2003 on the denominations, specifications, reproduction, exchange and withdrawal of euro banknotes(7),
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Definitions

For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
‘NCB’ means a national central bank of a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(b)
‘liability base’ means the amount of qualifying liabilities, within the balance sheet of each NCB, specified in accordance with Annex I to this Decision;
(c)
‘earmarkable assets’ means the amount of assets held against the liability base, within the balance sheet of each NCB, specified in accordance with Annex II to this Decision;
(d)
‘intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation’ means the claims and liabilities arising between an NCB and the ECB and between an NCB and the other NCBs as a result of the application of Article 4 of Decision ECB/2010/29;
(e)
‘subscribed capital key’ means the NCBs’ shares, expressed as percentages, in the ECB’s subscribed capital that result from applying to the NCBs the weightings in the key referred to in Article 29.1 of the Statute of the ESCB and as applicable for the relevant financial year;
(f)
‘credit institution’ means either: (a) a credit institution within the meaning of Article 2 and Article 4(1)(a) of Directive 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions(8), as implemented in national law, that is subject to supervision by a competent authority; or (b) another credit institution within the meaning of Article 123(2) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union that is subject to scrutiny of a standard comparable to supervision by a competent authority;
(g)
‘HBS’ means the harmonised balance sheet as set out in Annex VIII to the Guideline ECB/2010/20 of 11 November 2010 on the legal framework for accounting and financial reporting in the European System of Central Banks(9);
(h)
‘reference rate’ means the latest available marginal interest rate used by the Eurosystem in its tenders for main refinancing operations under paragraph 3.1.2 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 of 31 August 2000 on monetary policy instruments and procedures of the Eurosystem(10). Where more than one main refinancing operation is conducted for settlement on the same day, a simple average of the marginal rates of the operations conducted in parallel is used;
(i)
‘cash changeover date’ means the date on which euro banknotes and coins acquire the status of legal tender in a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(j)
‘reference period’ means a period of 24 months starting 30 months before the cash changeover date;
(k)
‘cash changeover year’ means a period of 12 months starting on the cash changeover date;
(l)
‘daily foreign exchange reference rate’ means the daily foreign exchange reference rate that is based on the regular daily concertation procedure between central banks within and outside the European System of Central Banks, which normally takes place at 14.15 Central European Time;
(m)
‘withdrawn euro banknotes’ means any euro banknote type or series that has been withdrawn from circulation by a decision of the Governing Council taken pursuant to Article 5 of Decision ECB/2003/4;
(n)
‘issue key’ means the average subscribed capital key during the issue phase of a type or series of withdrawn euro banknotes;
(o)
‘issue phase’, in relation to a euro banknote type or series, means the period starting on the date on which the first issue of a euro banknote of this type or series is recorded in the liability base and ending on the date on which the last issue of a euro banknote of this type or series is recorded in the liability base;
(p)
‘to write off’ means to eliminate withdrawn euro banknotes from the balance sheet item ‘banknotes in circulation’.

Intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation

1. The intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall be calculated on a monthly basis and shall be recorded in the books of the ECB and the NCBs on the first business day of the month with a value date of the last business day of the preceding month.
Where a Member State adopts the euro, the calculation of the intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation under the first subparagraph shall be recorded in the books of the ECB and the NCBs with a value date of the cash changeover date.
The intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall, for the period from 1 to 31 January of the first year with effect from which each quinquennial adjustment pursuant to Article 29.3 of the Statute of the ESCB applies, be calculated on the basis of the adjusted subscribed capital key applied to balances on the total euro banknotes in circulation on 31 December of the previous year.
2. The intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision, shall be remunerated at the reference rate.
3. The remuneration referred to in paragraph 2 shall be settled by TARGET2 payments on a quarterly basis.

Method for measuring monetary income

1. The amount of each NCB’s monetary income shall be determined by measuring the actual income that derives from the earmarkable assets recorded in its books. As exceptions thereto, gold shall not be considered to generate income, and securities held for monetary policy purposes under Decision ECB/2009/16 of 2 July 2009 on the implementation of the covered bond purchase programme(11)shall be considered to generate income at the reference rate.
2. Where the value of an NCB’s earmarkable assets exceeds or falls short of the value of its liability base, the difference shall be offset by applying the reference rate to the value of the difference.

Adjustments to intra-Eurosystem balances

1. For the purposes of monetary income calculation, each NCB’s intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall be adjusted by a compensatory amount determined in accordance with the following formula:
C = (K – A) × S
where:
C
is the compensatory amount,
K
is the euro amount for each NCB that results from the application of the subscribed capital key to the average value of banknotes in circulation during the reference period, whereby the amount of banknotes in circulation denominated in the national currency of a Member State that adopts the euro shall be translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period,
A
is the average euro value for each NCB of banknotes in circulation during the reference period, translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period,
S
is the following coefficient for each financial year, starting with the cash changeover date:
2. The sum of the compensatory amounts of the NCBs shall be zero.
3. Compensatory amounts shall be calculated each time a Member State adopts the euro or when the ECB’s subscribed capital key changes.
4. When an NCB joins the Eurosystem, its compensatory amount shall be allocated to the other NCBs in proportion to the respective shares of the other NCBs in the subscribed capital key, with the sign (+/–) reversed, and shall be in addition to any compensatory amounts already in force for the other NCBs.
5. The compensatory amounts and the accounting entries to balance those compensatory amounts shall be recorded on separate intra-Eurosystem accounts in the books of each NCB with a value date of the cash changeover date and the same value date of each following year of the adjustment period. The accounting entries to balance the compensatory amounts shall not be remunerated.
6. By derogation from paragraph 1, on the occurrence of specific events relating to changes in patterns of banknote circulation, as set out in Annex III to this Decision, each NCB’s intra-Eurosystem balances on euro banknotes in circulation shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions set out in that Annex.
7. The adjustments to intra-Eurosystem balances provided for in this Article shall cease to apply from the first day of the sixth year following the relevant cash changeover year.

Calculation and allocation of monetary income

1. The calculation of each NCB’s monetary income shall be effected by the ECB on a daily basis. The calculation shall be based on accounting data reported by NCBs to the ECB. The ECB shall inform the NCBs of the cumulative amounts on a quarterly basis.
2. The amount of each NCB’s monetary income shall be reduced by an amount equivalent to any interest accrued or paid on liabilities included within the liability base, and in accordance with any decision of the Governing Council under the second subparagraph of Article 32.4 of the Statute of the ESCB.
3. The allocation of the sum of each NCB’s monetary income in proportion to the subscribed capital key shall take place at the end of each financial year.

Calculation and allocation of income resulting from the write-off of euro banknotes

1. Withdrawn euro banknotes shall remain part of the liability base until they are exchanged or written off, whichever event occurs first.
2. The Governing Council may decide to write off withdrawn euro banknotes, in which case it shall specify the write-off date and the total amount of the provision to be made for those withdrawn euro banknotes that are still expected to be exchanged.
3. Withdrawn euro banknotes shall be written off as follows:
(a)
On the write-off date, the ECB’s and the NCBs’ balance sheet items ‘Banknotes in circulation’ shall be reduced by the total amount of withdrawn euro banknotes still in circulation. For this purpose, the actual amounts of withdrawn euro banknotes that were put into circulation shall be adjusted to their pro-rata amounts calculated in accordance with the issue key, and the differences shall be settled among the ECB and the NCBs.
(b)
The adjusted amount of withdrawn euro banknotes shall be written off from the balance sheet item ‘Banknotes in circulation’ to the NCBs’ profit and loss accounts.
(c)
Each NCB shall establish a provision for withdrawn euro banknotes that are still expected to be exchanged. The provision shall be equivalent to the relevant NCB’s share in the total amount of the provision calculated using the issue key.
4. Withdrawn euro banknotes that are exchanged after the write-off date shall be recorded in the books of the NCB that has accepted them. The inflow of withdrawn euro banknotes shall be redistributed among NCBs at least once a year by applying the issue key, and the differences shall be settled between them. Each NCB shall set off the pro-rata amount against its provision or, in the event that the inflow exceeds the provision, record a corresponding expense in its profit and loss account.
5. The Governing Council shall review the total amount of the provision on an annual basis.

Repeal

Decision ECB/2001/16 is hereby repealed. References to the repealed Decision shall be construed as references to this Decision and shall be read in accordance with the correlation table in Annex V.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on 31 December 2010.

COMPOSITION OF THE LIABILITY BASE

ANNEX I
| A. | The liability base includes, to the exclusion of any other items:1.Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions.2.Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).3.Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS.4.Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS).5.Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS).6.Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS). | 1. | Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions. | (a) | includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and | (b) | must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS). | 2. | Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). | (a) | current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS); | (b) | amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS); | (c) | fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS); | (d) | liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS); | (e) | deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). | 3. | Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS. | 4. | Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS). | 5. | Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS). | 6. | Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS).
1. | Banknotes in circulationFor the purposes of this Annex, in the cash changeover year for each NCB joining the Eurosystem ‘Banknotes in circulation’:(a)includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and(b)must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).After the relevant cash changeover year, for each NCB ‘banknotes in circulation’ means banknotes denominated in euro, to the exclusion of any other banknotes.If the cash changeover date is a day on which TARGET2 is closed, the liability of an NCB which results from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have entered into circulation before the cash changeover date forms part of the liability base (as part of the correspondent accounts under liability item 10.4 of the HBS) until the liability becomes part of the intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions. | (a) | includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and | (b) | must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
(a) | includes banknotes issued by the NCB and denominated in its national currency unit; and
(b) | must be reduced by the value of the non-remunerated loans related to frontloaded euro banknotes that have not been yet debited (part of asset item 6 of the HBS).
2. | Liabilities to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro, including any of the following:(a)current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);(b)amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);(c)fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);(d)liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);(e)deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS). | (a) | current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS); | (b) | amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS); | (c) | fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS); | (d) | liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS); | (e) | deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
(a) | current accounts including minimum reserve requirements pursuant to Article 19.1 of the Statute of the ESCB (liability item 2.1 of the HBS);
(b) | amounts in deposit under the Eurosystem deposit facility (liability item 2.2 of the HBS);
(c) | fixed-term deposits (liability item 2.3 of the HBS);
(d) | liabilities arising from fine-tuning reverse operations (liability item 2.4 of the HBS);
(e) | deposits related to margin calls (liability item 2.5 of the HBS).
3. | Deposit liabilities to defaulted Eurosystem counterparties which have been reclassified from liability item 2.1 of the HBS.
4. | Intra-Eurosystem liabilities of NCBs arising from the issuance of ECB debt certificates under Chapter 3.3 of Annex I to Guideline ECB/2000/7 (liability item 10.2 of the HBS).
5. | Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities on euro banknotes in circulation, including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of liability item 10.3 of the HBS).
6. | Net intra-Eurosystem liabilities resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of liability item 10.4 of the HBS).
| B. | The amount of each NCB’s liability base is calculated in accordance with the harmonised accounting principles and rules laid down in Guideline ECB/2010/20.

EARMARKABLE ASSETS

ANNEX II
| A. | Earmarkable assets include, with the exclusion of any other items:1.Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS).2.Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS).3.Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).4.Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS).5.Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS).6.Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002.7.Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions.8.Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS). | 1. | Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS). | 2. | Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS). | 3. | Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS). | 4. | Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS). | 5. | Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS). | 6. | Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002. | 7. | Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions. | 8. | Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS).
1. | Lending to euro area credit institutions related to monetary policy operations denominated in euro (asset item 5 of the HBS).
2. | Securities held for monetary policy purposes (asset item 7.1 of the HBS).
3. | Intra-Eurosystem claims equivalent to the transfer of foreign reserve assets other than gold to the ECB pursuant to Article 30 of the Statute of the ESCB (part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).
4. | Net intra-Eurosystem claims on euro banknotes in circulation including those resulting from the application of Article 4 of this Decision (part of asset item 9.4 of the HBS).
5. | Net intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions remunerated at the reference rate (part of asset item 9.5 of the HBS).
6. | Gold, including claims in respect of gold transferred to the ECB, in an amount permitting each NCB to earmark a proportion of its gold that corresponds to the application of its share in the subscribed capital key to the total amount of gold earmarked by all NCBs (asset item 1 and part of asset item 9.2 of the HBS).For the purposes of this Decision, gold is valued on the basis of the gold price in euro per fine ounce as at 31 December 2002.
7. | Claims resulting from euro banknotes that have been frontloaded under Guideline ECB/2006/9 and have then entered into circulation before the cash changeover date (part of asset item 4.1 of the HBS until the cash changeover date and thereafter part of the correspondent accounts under asset item 9.5 of the HBS), but only until such claims become part of the intra-Eurosystem claims resulting from TARGET2 transactions.
8. | Outstanding claims arising from default by Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations, and/or financial assets or claims (vis-à-vis third parties) appropriated and/or acquired in the context of the realisation of collateral submitted by defaulted Eurosystem counterparties in the context of Eurosystem credit operations reclassified from asset item 5 of the HBS (part of asset item 11.6 of the HBS).
| B. | The value of each NCB’s earmarkable assets is calculated in accordance with the harmonised accounting principles and rules laid down in Guideline ECB/2010/20.

A.   First contingent adjustment

ANNEX IIIIf the average total value of banknotes in circulation in a cash changeover year is lower than the average total euro value of banknotes in circulation during the reference period (including those denominated in the national currency of the Member State that has adopted the euro and translated into euro at the daily foreign exchange reference rate during the reference period), then the coefficient ‘S’ applying to the cash changeover year in accordance with Article 4(1) is reduced with retroactive effect in the same proportion as the decrease in the total average of banknotes in circulation.
The reduction may not result in a coefficient lower than 0,8606735. If this derogation is applied, one quarter of the resulting reduction in the NCBs’ compensatory amounts (C) applicable in the cash changeover year must be added to each NCB’s compensatory amount applicable in the second to fifth year following the cash changeover year pursuant to Article 4(1).
B. Second contingent adjustmentIf those NCBs for which the compensatory amount referred to in Article 4(1) is a positive figure pay net remuneration on intra-Eurosystem balances on banknotes in circulation that results in a net expense when added to the item ‘net result of pooling of monetary income’ in their profit and loss account at the end of the year, then the coefficient ‘S’ applying to the cash changeover year in accordance with Article 4(1) is reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate this condition.
The reduction may not result in a coefficient lower than 0,8606735. If this derogation is applied, one quarter of the resulting reduction in the NCBs’ compensatory amounts (C) applicable in the cash changeover year is added to each NCB’s compensatory amount applicable in the second to fifth year following the cash changeover year pursuant to Article 4(1).
ANNEX IV
REPEALED DECISION AND SUCCESSIVE AMENDMENTS

Decision ECB/2001/16 | OJ L 337, 20.12.2001, p. 55.
Decision ECB/2003/22 | OJ L 9, 15.1.2004, p. 39.
Decision ECB/2006/7 | OJ L 148, 2.6.2006, p. 56.
Decision ECB/2007/15 | OJ L 333, 19.12.2007, p. 86.
Decision ECB/2009/27 | OJ L 339, 22.12.2009, p. 55.

ANNEX V
CORRELATION TABLE

Decision ECB/2001/16 | This Decision
Article 5a | Article 6
Article 6 | Article 7

Pending: 32010D0022

15.12.2010 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 330/14
(1) Article 128(1) of the Treaty and Article 16 of the Statute of the ESCB provide that the European Central Bank (ECB) has the exclusive right to authorise the issue of euro banknotes within the Union. This right includes the competence to take measures to protect the integrity of euro banknotes as a means of payment.
(2) Producing euro banknotes and euro banknote raw materials according to identical quality standards is of paramount importance to guaranteeing their quality, wherever they are produced.
(3) A quality accreditation procedure should therefore be put in place to ensure that only manufacturers conforming with minimum quality requirements are accredited to produce euro banknotes and euro banknote raw materials,
(a) ‘quality accreditation’ means the status, the scope of which is set out in Articles 3 and 4, granted by the ECB to a manufacturer confirming that it is in conformity with the quality requirements;
(b) ‘euro banknote production activity’ means the production of euro banknotes or of any euro banknote raw materials;
(c) ‘manufacturer’ means any entity that is, or wishes to be, involved in a euro banknote production activity;
(d) ‘manufacturing site’ means any premises that a manufacturer uses, or wishes to use, for a euro banknote production activity;
(e) ‘quality requirements’ means the substantive rules to be conformed with by a manufacturer seeking quality accreditation, as separately laid down by the ECB;
(f) ‘quality arrangements’ means the measures taken by a manufacturer at a manufacturing site to conform with the quality requirements;
(g) ‘certification authority’ means an independent certification authority which evaluates manufacturers’ quality management systems and is entitled to certify that a manufacturer fulfils the requirements of the ISO 9001 series of standards;
(h) ‘euro banknote raw materials’ means paper, ink, foil and thread used to produce euro banknotes;
(i) ‘euro secure items’ and ‘euro secure activity’ have the meaning given to them in Decision ECB/2008/3 of 15 May 2008 on security accreditation procedures for manufacturers of euro secure items for euro banknotes(1);
(j) ‘ECB working day’ means a day from Monday to Friday, excluding ECB public holidays;
(k) ‘NCB’ means the national central bank of a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(l) ‘pre-audit questionnaire’ means a form used by the quality audit team to collect information from a manufacturer on the specificities of a manufacturing site and on any changes that have been made to the quality arrangements since the last quality audit.
(a) it has been involved in a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for full quality accreditation or has been granted temporary quality accreditation as laid down in Article 4 and has started a euro banknote production activity in accordance with Article 10(3);
(b) it conforms with the quality management series of standards ISO 9001 at a particular manufacturing site for a particular euro banknote production activity and a certification authority has issued a certificate to that effect;
(c) it conforms with the quality requirements at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro banknote production activity;
(d) if it produces euro secure items, it has full security accreditation at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro secure activity pursuant to Decision ECB/2008/3;
(e) if it is a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State; and
(f) if it is not a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State or in a European Free Trade Association (EFTA) Member State.
(a) it conforms with the quality management series of standards ISO 9001 at a particular manufacturing site for a planned euro banknote production activity and a certification authority has issued a certificate to that effect;
(b) it has established the procedures and the infrastructure necessary to conform with the quality requirements at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro banknote production activity;
(c) if it plans to produce a euro secure item, it has been granted security accreditation at the abovementioned manufacturing site for a planned euro secure activity pursuant to Decision ECB/2008/3;
(d) if it is a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State; and
(e) if it is not a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State or in an EFTA Member State.
(a) a specification of the manufacturing site and its location and the euro banknote production activity for which the manufacturer seeks full quality accreditation;
(b) information on the euro banknote production activity carried out;
(c) a copy of the certificate referred to in Article 3(2)(b).
(a) the manufacturer fails to provide the information required pursuant to paragraph 1;
(b) it fails to supply any additional information requested by the ECB pursuant to paragraph 2 within a reasonable period to be mutually agreed;
(c) the ECB has revoked the manufacturer’s full quality accreditation and the period of prohibition on reapplication specified in the revocation decision has not elapsed;
(d) the location of the manufacturing site does not meet the requirements laid down in Article 3(2)(e) or (f);
(e) the manufacturer produces euro secure items and the ECB has not granted it security accreditation as referred to in Article 3(2)(d).
(a) the quality arrangements in place at the manufacturing site that conform with the quality requirements;
(b) any instances of non-conformity with the quality requirements that the quality audit team has identified;
(c) any action taken by the manufacturer during the quality audit;
(d) any improvements proposed by the manufacturer and, in cases where a follow-up quality audit is carried out, the quality audit team’s assessment of whether such improvements have been carried out;
(e) the quality audit team’s assessment of whether full quality accreditation should be granted.
(a) the manufacturer;
(b) the euro banknote production activity and the manufacturing site for which full quality accreditation is granted;
(c) the date of expiry of the full quality accreditation;
(d) any specific conditions relating to points (a) to (c).
(i) has not carried out a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for temporary quality accreditation; or
(ii) has not carried out any euro banknote production activity but has been requested by an NCB or a printing works to start a euro banknote production activity;
(a) a specification of the manufacturing site and its location and the euro banknote production activity for which the manufacturer seeks temporary quality accreditation;
(b) information on the euro banknote production activity to be carried out;
(c) a copy of the certificate referred to in Article 4(2)(a).
(a) the manufacturer fails to provide the information required pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 2;
(b) it fails to supply any additional information requested by the ECB pursuant to paragraph 3 within a reasonable period to be mutually agreed;
(c) the ECB has revoked its temporary or full quality accreditation and the period of prohibition on reapplication specified in the revocation decision has not elapsed;
(d) the location of the manufacturing site does not meet the requirements laid down in Article 4(2)(d) and (e);
(e) the manufacturer plans to produce euro secure items and the ECB has not granted it security accreditation as referred to in Article 4(2)(c).
(a) the quality arrangements already in place at the manufacturing site that conform with the quality requirements;
(b) any quality arrangements that the manufacturer still needs to put in place in order to conform with the quality requirements;
(c) the quality pre-audit team’s assessment of whether temporary quality accreditation should be granted.
(a) the manufacturer;
(b) the euro banknote production activity and the manufacturing site for which temporary quality accreditation is granted;
(c) the date of expiry of the temporary quality accreditation;
(d) any specific conditions relating to points (a) to (c).
(a) the commencement of any procedure for its winding-up or reorganisation or any analogous procedure;
(b) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer;
(c) any intention to involve third parties in a euro banknote production activity, including through subcontracting;
(d) any change made after quality accreditation has been granted that affects, or may affect, the fulfilment of the requirements for quality accreditation;
(e) any change of control of the manufacturer following a change in its ownership structure or for any other reason.
(a) assess the non-conformity, taking into account the (pre-)audit report; and
(b) inform the manufacturer in writing of the observation made or decision taken within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft (pre-)audit report, specifying: (i) the non-conformity; (ii) the manufacturing site and euro banknote production activity to which the observation or decision relates; (iii) the date of the observation or the date on which the decision will become effective; and (iv) the reasons for the observation or decision.
(a) laying down, in consultation with the manufacturer, a time limit for the manufacturer to remedy the non-conformity;
(b) specifying that the manufacturer may not accept new orders for the relevant euro banknote production activity, including participation in relevant tender procedures, if the non-conformity has not been remedied by the expiry of the time limit referred to in point (a).
(a) rejecting a request to initiate the full or temporary quality accreditation procedure;
(b) refusing to grant full or temporary quality accreditation;
(c) pursuant to Articles 14 to 17;
(a) listing the manufacturers which have been granted full or temporary quality accreditation and their manufacturing sites;
(b) indicating in respect of each manufacturing site the euro banknote production activity for which quality accreditation has been granted;
(c) recording the expiry of any quality accreditation.
THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 128(1) thereof,
Having regard to the Statute of the European System of Central Banks and of the European Central Bank (hereinafter the ‘Statute of the ESCB’), and in particular Article 16 thereof,
(1) Article 128(1) of the Treaty and Article 16 of the Statute of the ESCB provide that the European Central Bank (ECB) has the exclusive right to authorise the issue of euro banknotes within the Union. This right includes the competence to take measures to protect the integrity of euro banknotes as a means of payment.
(2) Producing euro banknotes and euro banknote raw materials according to identical quality standards is of paramount importance to guaranteeing their quality, wherever they are produced.
(3) A quality accreditation procedure should therefore be put in place to ensure that only manufacturers conforming with minimum quality requirements are accredited to produce euro banknotes and euro banknote raw materials,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Definitions
Article 1
For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
‘quality accreditation’ means the status, the scope of which is set out in Articles 3 and 4, granted by the ECB to a manufacturer confirming that it is in conformity with the quality requirements;
(b)
‘euro banknote production activity’ means the production of euro banknotes or of any euro banknote raw materials;
(c)
‘manufacturer’ means any entity that is, or wishes to be, involved in a euro banknote production activity;
(d)
‘manufacturing site’ means any premises that a manufacturer uses, or wishes to use, for a euro banknote production activity;
(e)
‘quality requirements’ means the substantive rules to be conformed with by a manufacturer seeking quality accreditation, as separately laid down by the ECB;
(f)
‘quality arrangements’ means the measures taken by a manufacturer at a manufacturing site to conform with the quality requirements;
(g)
‘certification authority’ means an independent certification authority which evaluates manufacturers’ quality management systems and is entitled to certify that a manufacturer fulfils the requirements of the ISO 9001 series of standards;
(h)
‘euro banknote raw materials’ means paper, ink, foil and thread used to produce euro banknotes;
(i)
‘euro secure items’ and ‘euro secure activity’ have the meaning given to them in Decision ECB/2008/3 of 15 May 2008 on security accreditation procedures for manufacturers of euro secure items for euro banknotes(1);
(j)
‘ECB working day’ means a day from Monday to Friday, excluding ECB public holidays;
(k)
‘NCB’ means the national central bank of a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(l)
‘pre-audit questionnaire’ means a form used by the quality audit team to collect information from a manufacturer on the specificities of a manufacturing site and on any changes that have been made to the quality arrangements since the last quality audit.

General principles
Article 2
1. A manufacturer shall apply for and receive quality accreditation from the ECB before starting or continuing its euro banknote production activity.
2. An accredited manufacturer may only carry out a euro banknote production activity at the manufacturing sites for which it has been granted quality accreditation under this Decision.
3. The ECB requirements for quality accreditation shall be minimum requirements. Manufacturers may adopt and implement stricter quality standards, which shall be laid down in their quality plan, as defined in the quality requirements.
4. The Executive Board shall be competent to take all decisions relating to a manufacturer’s quality accreditation, taking into account the views of the Banknote Committee, and shall inform the Governing Council thereof.
5. Any costs and associated losses that a manufacturer incurs in connection with the application of this Decision shall be borne by the manufacturer.
6. The provisions of this Decision are without prejudice to any full or temporary quality accreditation granted before the entry into force of this Decision.

Full quality accreditation
Article 3
1. A manufacturer may only carry out a euro banknote production activity if the ECB grants it full quality accreditation for that activity.
2. A manufacturer may be granted full quality accreditation for a euro banknote production activity provided that it fulfils all of the following conditions:
(a)
it has been involved in a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for full quality accreditation or has been granted temporary quality accreditation as laid down in Article 4 and has started a euro banknote production activity in accordance with Article 10(3);
(b)
it conforms with the quality management series of standards ISO 9001 at a particular manufacturing site for a particular euro banknote production activity and a certification authority has issued a certificate to that effect;
(c)
it conforms with the quality requirements at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro banknote production activity;
(d)
if it produces euro secure items, it has full security accreditation at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro secure activity pursuant to Decision ECB/2008/3;
(e)
if it is a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State; and
(f)
if it is not a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State or in a European Free Trade Association (EFTA) Member State.
3. The Executive Board may grant exemptions to the location requirement set out in points (e) and (f) on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the views of the Banknote Committee. Any such decision shall be promptly notified to the Governing Council. The Executive Board shall abide by any decision of the Governing Council on this issue.
4. Full quality accreditation shall be granted to a manufacturer for 24 months, subject to a decision taken pursuant to Articles 15, 16 or 17. Full quality accreditation may be renewed every 24 months.
5. The ECB’s prior written consent shall be required for an accredited manufacturer to outsource the production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials to another manufacturing site or to any third party, including the manufacturer’s subsidiaries and associated companies.

Temporary quality accreditation
Article 4
1. If a manufacturer has not been involved in a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for full quality accreditation as described in Article 3(2)(a), it may be granted temporary quality accreditation for a planned euro banknote production activity.
2. A manufacturer may be granted temporary quality accreditation for a planned euro banknote production activity provided that it fulfils all of the following conditions:
(a)
it conforms with the quality management series of standards ISO 9001 at a particular manufacturing site for a planned euro banknote production activity and a certification authority has issued a certificate to that effect;
(b)
it has established the procedures and the infrastructure necessary to conform with the quality requirements at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro banknote production activity;
(c)
if it plans to produce a euro secure item, it has been granted security accreditation at the abovementioned manufacturing site for a planned euro secure activity pursuant to Decision ECB/2008/3;
(d)
if it is a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State; and
(e)
if it is not a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State or in an EFTA Member State.
3. Temporary quality accreditation shall be granted to a manufacturer for one year, subject to a decision taken pursuant to Articles 15, 16 or 17. If the manufacturer tenders for or is commissioned to carry out a euro banknote production activity within this period, its temporary quality accreditation may be extended as necessary until the ECB has taken a decision on whether to grant it full quality accreditation.

Initiation request and appointment of a quality audit team
Article 5
1. A manufacturer with temporary quality accreditation for a planned euro banknote production activity who wishes to carry out this activity, or who has carried out a euro banknote production activity in the last 24 months and wishes to continue carrying out this activity, shall make a written request to the ECB to initiate the procedure for full quality accreditation. This request shall include all of the following:
(a)
a specification of the manufacturing site and its location and the euro banknote production activity for which the manufacturer seeks full quality accreditation;
(b)
information on the euro banknote production activity carried out;
(c)
a copy of the certificate referred to in Article 3(2)(b).
2. The ECB shall check whether the manufacturer has conformed with the requirements laid down in paragraph 1 and inform the manufacturer of the outcome of this evaluation within 30 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the initiation request. The ECB may extend this time limit once, with written notice to the manufacturer. While the ECB is carrying out this evaluation, it may request additional information from the manufacturer in relation to the requirements listed in paragraph 1. If the ECB requests additional information, it shall inform the manufacturer of the outcome of the evaluation within 20 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the additional information. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.
3. In the event of a positive evaluation, the ECB shall inform the manufacturer that a quality audit will be carried out at the manufacturer’s premises. The ECB shall appoint a quality audit team composed of experts from the ECB and NCBs. Such appointments shall avoid conflicts of interest. If a conflict of interest arises after an appointment, the ECB shall immediately replace the expert in question with an expert who does not have a conflict of interest.
4. The ECB shall reject the initiation request and inform the manufacturer in writing of its decision to do so and the reasons if any of the following applies:
(a)
the manufacturer fails to provide the information required pursuant to paragraph 1;
(b)
it fails to supply any additional information requested by the ECB pursuant to paragraph 2 within a reasonable period to be mutually agreed;
(c)
the ECB has revoked the manufacturer’s full quality accreditation and the period of prohibition on reapplication specified in the revocation decision has not elapsed;
(d)
the location of the manufacturing site does not meet the requirements laid down in Article 3(2)(e) or (f);
(e)
the manufacturer produces euro secure items and the ECB has not granted it security accreditation as referred to in Article 3(2)(d).
5. If an accredited manufacturer wishes to have its quality accreditation renewed, and provided it re-applies for full quality accreditation before the date established in accordance with Article 7(2)(c), its quality accreditation shall remain valid until the ECB has taken a decision pursuant to Article 7(1).

Quality audit
Article 6
1. The quality audit shall commence on a date that has been mutually agreed between the manufacturer and the ECB. If the manufacturer is a printing works, the quality audit shall take place during euro banknote production.
2. At the latest two weeks before the quality audit, the ECB shall provide the manufacturer with a pre-audit questionnaire which it shall complete and send back to the ECB at least one week before the quality audit.
3. The quality audit shall take place at the manufacturing site for which the manufacturer seeks quality accreditation.
4. The quality audit team shall assess whether the manufacturer’s quality arrangements conform with the quality requirements. If the manufacturer proposes improvements to conform with the quality requirements, quality accreditation shall not be granted until such improvements are in place. The quality audit team may conduct a follow-up quality audit to verify whether, following such improvements, the quality arrangements conform with the quality requirements, before submitting to the manufacturer the draft audit report referred to in paragraph 6.
5. On completion of the quality audit, and, where applicable, the follow-up quality audit, and before leaving the manufacturing site, the quality audit team shall set out its findings, including any non-conformity with the quality requirements and any improvements proposed by the manufacturer, in a preliminary summary, agreed and signed by both the quality audit team and the manufacturer.
6. The quality audit team shall prepare a draft audit report based on the preliminary summary. This report shall in particular contain details of:
(a)
the quality arrangements in place at the manufacturing site that conform with the quality requirements;
(b)
any instances of non-conformity with the quality requirements that the quality audit team has identified;
(c)
any action taken by the manufacturer during the quality audit;
(d)
any improvements proposed by the manufacturer and, in cases where a follow-up quality audit is carried out, the quality audit team’s assessment of whether such improvements have been carried out;
(e)
the quality audit team’s assessment of whether full quality accreditation should be granted.
7. The draft audit report shall be sent to the manufacturer within 30 ECB working days from the date of completion of the quality audit or, where applicable, the follow-up quality audit. The manufacturer may comment on the draft audit report within 30 ECB working days from receipt. The ECB shall finalise the draft audit report taking into account the manufacturer’s comments before taking a decision pursuant to Article 7. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.
8. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, in the event of a quality problem affecting the quality of euro banknotes or of euro banknote raw materials, the ECB may organise an ad hoc quality audit to investigate the issue. Paragraphs 5 to 7 shall apply accordingly.

Decision on full quality accreditation
Article 7
1. The ECB shall notify the manufacturer in writing of its decision on the request for full quality accreditation within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft audit report, or from the expiry of the time limit for providing such comments.
2. In the event of a positive decision, the ECB shall grant the manufacturer full quality accreditation. The decision shall clearly identify:
(a)
the manufacturer;
(b)
the euro banknote production activity and the manufacturing site for which full quality accreditation is granted;
(c)
the date of expiry of the full quality accreditation;
(d)
any specific conditions relating to points (a) to (c).
The decision shall be based on the information set out in the final audit report, which shall be attached to the decision.
3. If full quality accreditation is not granted to the manufacturer, the ECB shall specify the reasons and the manufacturer may initiate the review procedure laid down in Article 18.

Initiation request and appointment of a quality pre-audit team
Article 8
1. If a manufacturer:
(i)
has not carried out a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for temporary quality accreditation; or
(ii)
has not carried out any euro banknote production activity but has been requested by an NCB or a printing works to start a euro banknote production activity;
it shall make a written request to the ECB to initiate the procedure for temporary quality accreditation.
This request shall include all of the following:
(a)
a specification of the manufacturing site and its location and the euro banknote production activity for which the manufacturer seeks temporary quality accreditation;
(b)
information on the euro banknote production activity to be carried out;
(c)
a copy of the certificate referred to in Article 4(2)(a).
2. A manufacturer whose temporary quality accreditation has expired may apply for a new temporary quality accreditation. In addition to the information required under paragraph 1, it shall specify in the written request to the ECB the reasons for not having (a) tendered for; or (b) been commissioned to carry out a euro banknote production activity as referred to in Article 4(3).
3. The ECB shall check whether the manufacturer has conformed with the requirements laid down in paragraphs 1 and 2 and inform the manufacturer of the outcome of this evaluation within 30 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the initiation request. The ECB may extend this time limit once with written notice to the manufacturer. While the ECB is carrying out this evaluation, it may request additional information from the manufacturer in relation to the requirements listed in paragraphs 1 and 2. If the ECB requests additional information, it shall inform the manufacturer of the outcome of the evaluation within 20 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the additional information. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.
4. In the event of a positive evaluation, the ECB shall inform the manufacturer that a quality pre-audit will be carried out at the manufacturer’s premises. The quality pre-audit team shall be appointed as laid down in Article 5(3).
5. The ECB shall reject the initiation request and inform the manufacturer in writing of its rejection and the reasons if any of the following applies:
(a)
the manufacturer fails to provide the information required pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 2;
(b)
it fails to supply any additional information requested by the ECB pursuant to paragraph 3 within a reasonable period to be mutually agreed;
(c)
the ECB has revoked its temporary or full quality accreditation and the period of prohibition on reapplication specified in the revocation decision has not elapsed;
(d)
the location of the manufacturing site does not meet the requirements laid down in Article 4(2)(d) and (e);
(e)
the manufacturer plans to produce euro secure items and the ECB has not granted it security accreditation as referred to in Article 4(2)(c).
6. Subject to paragraph 2, if an accredited manufacturer wishes to have its quality accreditation renewed, and provided it re-applies for temporary quality accreditation before the date established in accordance with Article 10(2)(c), its quality accreditation shall remain valid until the ECB has taken a decision pursuant to Article 10(1).

Quality pre-audit
Article 9
1. The quality pre-audit shall commence on a date that has been mutually agreed between the manufacturer and the ECB.
2. The quality pre-audit shall take place at the manufacturing site for which the manufacturer seeks quality accreditation.
3. The quality pre-audit team shall assess whether the quality arrangements that the manufacturer has in place will conform with the quality requirements as soon as the manufacturer starts a euro banknote production activity.
4. The quality pre-audit team shall set out its findings in a draft pre-audit report. This draft pre-audit report shall in particular contain details of all of the following:
(a)
the quality arrangements already in place at the manufacturing site that conform with the quality requirements;
(b)
any quality arrangements that the manufacturer still needs to put in place in order to conform with the quality requirements;
(c)
the quality pre-audit team’s assessment of whether temporary quality accreditation should be granted.
5. The draft pre-audit report shall be sent to the manufacturer within 30 ECB working days from the date of completion of the quality pre-audit. The manufacturer may comment within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the draft pre-audit report. The ECB shall finalise the draft pre-audit report taking into account the manufacturer’s comments before taking a decision pursuant to Article 10. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.

Decision on temporary quality accreditation
Article 10
1. The ECB shall notify the manufacturer in writing of its decision on the request for temporary quality accreditation within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft pre-audit report, or from the expiry of the time limit for providing such comments.
2. In the event of a positive decision, the ECB shall grant the manufacturer temporary quality accreditation. The ECB decision shall clearly identify:
(a)
the manufacturer;
(b)
the euro banknote production activity and the manufacturing site for which temporary quality accreditation is granted;
(c)
the date of expiry of the temporary quality accreditation;
(d)
any specific conditions relating to points (a) to (c).
The decision shall be based on the information set out in the final pre-audit report referred to in Article 9(5), which shall be attached to the decision.
3. A manufacturer that has been granted temporary quality accreditation may tender for or be commissioned to carry out a euro banknote production activity. Once the manufacturer starts a euro banknote production activity, it shall immediately make a written request to the ECB to initiate the procedure for full quality accreditation pursuant to Section II. The quality audit referred to in Article 6 shall commence no later than 12 months from the date on which the manufacturer has been granted temporary quality accreditation.
4. The ECB shall specify the reasons for not granting temporary quality accreditation. The manufacturer may initiate the review procedure laid down in Article 18.

Continuing obligations of quality accredited manufacturers and of the ECB
Article 11
1. An accredited manufacturer shall, for the relevant manufacturing site, provide the ECB with a copy of the certificate for its quality management system each time the initial certificate referred to in Articles 3(2)(b) and 4(2)(a) is renewed.
2. An accredited manufacturer shall inform the ECB in writing and without undue delay of any of the following:
(a)
the commencement of any procedure for its winding-up or reorganisation or any analogous procedure;
(b)
the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer;
(c)
any intention to involve third parties in a euro banknote production activity, including through subcontracting;
(d)
any change made after quality accreditation has been granted that affects, or may affect, the fulfilment of the requirements for quality accreditation;
(e)
any change of control of the manufacturer following a change in its ownership structure or for any other reason.
3. An accredited manufacturer shall keep the quality requirements confidential.
4. The ECB shall inform accredited manufacturers of any update of the quality requirements.

Decision-making procedure
Article 12
1. In making an observation or taking a decision as referred to in Articles 14 to 17, the ECB shall:
(a)
assess the non-conformity, taking into account the (pre-)audit report; and
(b)
inform the manufacturer in writing of the observation made or decision taken within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft (pre-)audit report, specifying: (i) the non-conformity; (ii) the manufacturing site and euro banknote production activity to which the observation or decision relates; (iii) the date of the observation or the date on which the decision will become effective; and (iv) the reasons for the observation or decision.
2. In all cases where the ECB makes an observation or takes a decision pursuant to Articles 14 to 17, it shall be proportionate to the seriousness of the non-conformity. The ECB shall inform the NCBs and all manufacturers of the observation made or decision taken, and its scope and duration. It shall also specify that the NCBs will be notified of any change in the non-conforming manufacturer’s status.

Instances of non-conformity
Article 13
1. Non-conformity by a manufacturer with the quality requirements, the other requirements for quality accreditation, or the obligations laid down in Article 11, shall be classified by the quality (pre-)audit team in one of the categories listed in paragraphs 2 to 5.
2. Non-conformity that the quality (pre-)audit team deems to have an immediate and serious impact on the quality of the manufacturer’s production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials shall qualify as a major non-conformity and the ECB shall take a decision pursuant to Article 16.
3. Non-conformity that the quality (pre-)audit team deems not to have an immediate and serious impact on the quality of the manufacturer’s production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials but that may have a direct adverse effect on the quality of such production shall qualify as a standard non-conformity and the ECB shall take a decision pursuant to Article 15.
4. Non-conformity that the quality (pre-)audit team deems not to have a direct adverse effect on the quality of the manufacturer’s production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials but that has to be remedied before the next quality audit shall be referred to in the (pre-)audit report as an observation and the ECB shall make a written observation pursuant to Article 14.
5. Non-conformity that is not of a type referred to in paragraphs 2 to 4 shall be referred to in the (pre-) audit report as a note but shall not give rise to any further action pursuant to Articles 14 to 17.

Written observation
Article 14
1. The ECB shall make a written observation to the manufacturer in the event of non-conformity of the type referred to in Article 13(4), which may be added to the (pre-)audit report.
2. The written observation shall state that if the non-conformity has not been remedied when the next (pre-)audit takes place, the ECB shall take a decision under Article 15.

Corrective measures and suspension of quality accreditation in relation to new orders
Article 15
If non-conformity of the type referred to in Article 13(3) is identified, but the manufacturer puts forward a reasonable case that it will be able to correct the non-conformity, the ECB shall take a decision:
(a)
laying down, in consultation with the manufacturer, a time limit for the manufacturer to remedy the non-conformity;
(b)
specifying that the manufacturer may not accept new orders for the relevant euro banknote production activity, including participation in relevant tender procedures, if the non-conformity has not been remedied by the expiry of the time limit referred to in point (a).

Suspension of euro banknote production activity
Article 16
1. If non-conformity referred to in Article 13(2) is identified, the quality (pre-)audit team may recommend to the ECB suspension of the relevant euro banknote production activity with immediate effect until the non-conformity has been remedied. The manufacturer shall provide the quality (pre-)audit team with information concerning any other manufacturer which may be affected as a customer or supplier by the suspension.
2. As soon as possible after suspension takes effect pursuant to paragraph 1, the quality (pre-)audit team shall, in a follow-up quality audit, assess whether the non-conformity has been remedied. If the quality (pre-)audit team decides that the non-conformity has been remedied, the ECB shall lift the suspension. If the manufacturer does not rectify the non-conformity, the ECB shall take a decision pursuant to Article 17.

Revocation of quality accreditation
Article 17
1. The ECB shall revoke a manufacturer’s quality accreditation if it is not able to rectify non-conformity of a type referred to in Article 13(2).
2. In its revocation decision, the ECB shall specify the date from which the manufacturer may reapply for quality accreditation.

Review procedure
Article 18
1. If the ECB takes any of the following decisions:
(a)
rejecting a request to initiate the full or temporary quality accreditation procedure;
(b)
refusing to grant full or temporary quality accreditation;
(c)
pursuant to Articles 14 to 17;
the manufacturer may, within 30 ECB working days of notification of such a decision, submit a written request to the Governing Council to review the decision. The manufacturer shall include its reasons for such a request and all supporting information.
2. If the manufacturer explicitly so requests, and gives reasons, the Governing Council may suspend the application of the decision that is to be reviewed.
3. The Governing Council shall review the decision and communicate its reasoned decision in writing to the manufacturer within two months of receipt of the request.
4. The application of paragraphs 1 to 3 shall be without prejudice to any rights under Articles 263 and 265 of the Treaty.

ECB quality accreditation register
Article 19
1. The ECB shall keep a register of quality accreditations:
(a)
listing the manufacturers which have been granted full or temporary quality accreditation and their manufacturing sites;
(b)
indicating in respect of each manufacturing site the euro banknote production activity for which quality accreditation has been granted;
(c)
recording the expiry of any quality accreditation.
2. If the ECB takes a decision under Article 16, it shall record the duration of the suspension.
3. If the ECB takes a decision under Article 17, it shall remove the name of the manufacturer from the register.
4. The ECB shall make available to NCBs and accredited manufacturers a list of all manufacturers contained in the register and any updates thereof.

Entry into force
Article 20
This Decision shall enter into force on the day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 May 2011.

THE GOVERNING COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN CENTRAL BANK,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Article 128(1) thereof,
Having regard to the Statute of the European System of Central Banks and of the European Central Bank (hereinafter the ‘Statute of the ESCB’), and in particular Article 16 thereof,
(1) Article 128(1) of the Treaty and Article 16 of the Statute of the ESCB provide that the European Central Bank (ECB) has the exclusive right to authorise the issue of euro banknotes within the Union. This right includes the competence to take measures to protect the integrity of euro banknotes as a means of payment.
(2) Producing euro banknotes and euro banknote raw materials according to identical quality standards is of paramount importance to guaranteeing their quality, wherever they are produced.
(3) A quality accreditation procedure should therefore be put in place to ensure that only manufacturers conforming with minimum quality requirements are accredited to produce euro banknotes and euro banknote raw materials,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Definitions

For the purposes of this Decision:
(a)
‘quality accreditation’ means the status, the scope of which is set out in Articles 3 and 4, granted by the ECB to a manufacturer confirming that it is in conformity with the quality requirements;
(b)
‘euro banknote production activity’ means the production of euro banknotes or of any euro banknote raw materials;
(c)
‘manufacturer’ means any entity that is, or wishes to be, involved in a euro banknote production activity;
(d)
‘manufacturing site’ means any premises that a manufacturer uses, or wishes to use, for a euro banknote production activity;
(e)
‘quality requirements’ means the substantive rules to be conformed with by a manufacturer seeking quality accreditation, as separately laid down by the ECB;
(f)
‘quality arrangements’ means the measures taken by a manufacturer at a manufacturing site to conform with the quality requirements;
(g)
‘certification authority’ means an independent certification authority which evaluates manufacturers’ quality management systems and is entitled to certify that a manufacturer fulfils the requirements of the ISO 9001 series of standards;
(h)
‘euro banknote raw materials’ means paper, ink, foil and thread used to produce euro banknotes;
(i)
‘euro secure items’ and ‘euro secure activity’ have the meaning given to them in Decision ECB/2008/3 of 15 May 2008 on security accreditation procedures for manufacturers of euro secure items for euro banknotes(1);
(j)
‘ECB working day’ means a day from Monday to Friday, excluding ECB public holidays;
(k)
‘NCB’ means the national central bank of a Member State whose currency is the euro;
(l)
‘pre-audit questionnaire’ means a form used by the quality audit team to collect information from a manufacturer on the specificities of a manufacturing site and on any changes that have been made to the quality arrangements since the last quality audit.

General principles

1. A manufacturer shall apply for and receive quality accreditation from the ECB before starting or continuing its euro banknote production activity.
2. An accredited manufacturer may only carry out a euro banknote production activity at the manufacturing sites for which it has been granted quality accreditation under this Decision.
3. The ECB requirements for quality accreditation shall be minimum requirements. Manufacturers may adopt and implement stricter quality standards, which shall be laid down in their quality plan, as defined in the quality requirements.
4. The Executive Board shall be competent to take all decisions relating to a manufacturer’s quality accreditation, taking into account the views of the Banknote Committee, and shall inform the Governing Council thereof.
5. Any costs and associated losses that a manufacturer incurs in connection with the application of this Decision shall be borne by the manufacturer.
6. The provisions of this Decision are without prejudice to any full or temporary quality accreditation granted before the entry into force of this Decision.

Full quality accreditation

1. A manufacturer may only carry out a euro banknote production activity if the ECB grants it full quality accreditation for that activity.
2. A manufacturer may be granted full quality accreditation for a euro banknote production activity provided that it fulfils all of the following conditions:
(a)
it has been involved in a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for full quality accreditation or has been granted temporary quality accreditation as laid down in Article 4 and has started a euro banknote production activity in accordance with Article 10(3);
(b)
it conforms with the quality management series of standards ISO 9001 at a particular manufacturing site for a particular euro banknote production activity and a certification authority has issued a certificate to that effect;
(c)
it conforms with the quality requirements at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro banknote production activity;
(d)
if it produces euro secure items, it has full security accreditation at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro secure activity pursuant to Decision ECB/2008/3;
(e)
if it is a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State; and
(f)
if it is not a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State or in a European Free Trade Association (EFTA) Member State.
3. The Executive Board may grant exemptions to the location requirement set out in points (e) and (f) on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the views of the Banknote Committee. Any such decision shall be promptly notified to the Governing Council. The Executive Board shall abide by any decision of the Governing Council on this issue.
4. Full quality accreditation shall be granted to a manufacturer for 24 months, subject to a decision taken pursuant to Articles 15, 16 or 17. Full quality accreditation may be renewed every 24 months.
5. The ECB’s prior written consent shall be required for an accredited manufacturer to outsource the production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials to another manufacturing site or to any third party, including the manufacturer’s subsidiaries and associated companies.

Temporary quality accreditation

1. If a manufacturer has not been involved in a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for full quality accreditation as described in Article 3(2)(a), it may be granted temporary quality accreditation for a planned euro banknote production activity.
2. A manufacturer may be granted temporary quality accreditation for a planned euro banknote production activity provided that it fulfils all of the following conditions:
(a)
it conforms with the quality management series of standards ISO 9001 at a particular manufacturing site for a planned euro banknote production activity and a certification authority has issued a certificate to that effect;
(b)
it has established the procedures and the infrastructure necessary to conform with the quality requirements at the abovementioned manufacturing site for the abovementioned euro banknote production activity;
(c)
if it plans to produce a euro secure item, it has been granted security accreditation at the abovementioned manufacturing site for a planned euro secure activity pursuant to Decision ECB/2008/3;
(d)
if it is a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State; and
(e)
if it is not a printing works, its manufacturing site is located in a Member State or in an EFTA Member State.
3. Temporary quality accreditation shall be granted to a manufacturer for one year, subject to a decision taken pursuant to Articles 15, 16 or 17. If the manufacturer tenders for or is commissioned to carry out a euro banknote production activity within this period, its temporary quality accreditation may be extended as necessary until the ECB has taken a decision on whether to grant it full quality accreditation.

Initiation request and appointment of a quality audit team

1. A manufacturer with temporary quality accreditation for a planned euro banknote production activity who wishes to carry out this activity, or who has carried out a euro banknote production activity in the last 24 months and wishes to continue carrying out this activity, shall make a written request to the ECB to initiate the procedure for full quality accreditation. This request shall include all of the following:
(a)
a specification of the manufacturing site and its location and the euro banknote production activity for which the manufacturer seeks full quality accreditation;
(b)
information on the euro banknote production activity carried out;
(c)
a copy of the certificate referred to in Article 3(2)(b).
2. The ECB shall check whether the manufacturer has conformed with the requirements laid down in paragraph 1 and inform the manufacturer of the outcome of this evaluation within 30 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the initiation request. The ECB may extend this time limit once, with written notice to the manufacturer. While the ECB is carrying out this evaluation, it may request additional information from the manufacturer in relation to the requirements listed in paragraph 1. If the ECB requests additional information, it shall inform the manufacturer of the outcome of the evaluation within 20 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the additional information. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.
3. In the event of a positive evaluation, the ECB shall inform the manufacturer that a quality audit will be carried out at the manufacturer’s premises. The ECB shall appoint a quality audit team composed of experts from the ECB and NCBs. Such appointments shall avoid conflicts of interest. If a conflict of interest arises after an appointment, the ECB shall immediately replace the expert in question with an expert who does not have a conflict of interest.
4. The ECB shall reject the initiation request and inform the manufacturer in writing of its decision to do so and the reasons if any of the following applies:
(a)
the manufacturer fails to provide the information required pursuant to paragraph 1;
(b)
it fails to supply any additional information requested by the ECB pursuant to paragraph 2 within a reasonable period to be mutually agreed;
(c)
the ECB has revoked the manufacturer’s full quality accreditation and the period of prohibition on reapplication specified in the revocation decision has not elapsed;
(d)
the location of the manufacturing site does not meet the requirements laid down in Article 3(2)(e) or (f);
(e)
the manufacturer produces euro secure items and the ECB has not granted it security accreditation as referred to in Article 3(2)(d).
5. If an accredited manufacturer wishes to have its quality accreditation renewed, and provided it re-applies for full quality accreditation before the date established in accordance with Article 7(2)(c), its quality accreditation shall remain valid until the ECB has taken a decision pursuant to Article 7(1).

Quality audit

1. The quality audit shall commence on a date that has been mutually agreed between the manufacturer and the ECB. If the manufacturer is a printing works, the quality audit shall take place during euro banknote production.
2. At the latest two weeks before the quality audit, the ECB shall provide the manufacturer with a pre-audit questionnaire which it shall complete and send back to the ECB at least one week before the quality audit.
3. The quality audit shall take place at the manufacturing site for which the manufacturer seeks quality accreditation.
4. The quality audit team shall assess whether the manufacturer’s quality arrangements conform with the quality requirements. If the manufacturer proposes improvements to conform with the quality requirements, quality accreditation shall not be granted until such improvements are in place. The quality audit team may conduct a follow-up quality audit to verify whether, following such improvements, the quality arrangements conform with the quality requirements, before submitting to the manufacturer the draft audit report referred to in paragraph 6.
5. On completion of the quality audit, and, where applicable, the follow-up quality audit, and before leaving the manufacturing site, the quality audit team shall set out its findings, including any non-conformity with the quality requirements and any improvements proposed by the manufacturer, in a preliminary summary, agreed and signed by both the quality audit team and the manufacturer.
6. The quality audit team shall prepare a draft audit report based on the preliminary summary. This report shall in particular contain details of:
(a)
the quality arrangements in place at the manufacturing site that conform with the quality requirements;
(b)
any instances of non-conformity with the quality requirements that the quality audit team has identified;
(c)
any action taken by the manufacturer during the quality audit;
(d)
any improvements proposed by the manufacturer and, in cases where a follow-up quality audit is carried out, the quality audit team’s assessment of whether such improvements have been carried out;
(e)
the quality audit team’s assessment of whether full quality accreditation should be granted.
7. The draft audit report shall be sent to the manufacturer within 30 ECB working days from the date of completion of the quality audit or, where applicable, the follow-up quality audit. The manufacturer may comment on the draft audit report within 30 ECB working days from receipt. The ECB shall finalise the draft audit report taking into account the manufacturer’s comments before taking a decision pursuant to Article 7. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.
8. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article, in the event of a quality problem affecting the quality of euro banknotes or of euro banknote raw materials, the ECB may organise an ad hoc quality audit to investigate the issue. Paragraphs 5 to 7 shall apply accordingly.

Decision on full quality accreditation

1. The ECB shall notify the manufacturer in writing of its decision on the request for full quality accreditation within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft audit report, or from the expiry of the time limit for providing such comments.
2. In the event of a positive decision, the ECB shall grant the manufacturer full quality accreditation. The decision shall clearly identify:
(a)
the manufacturer;
(b)
the euro banknote production activity and the manufacturing site for which full quality accreditation is granted;
(c)
the date of expiry of the full quality accreditation;
(d)
any specific conditions relating to points (a) to (c).
The decision shall be based on the information set out in the final audit report, which shall be attached to the decision.
3. If full quality accreditation is not granted to the manufacturer, the ECB shall specify the reasons and the manufacturer may initiate the review procedure laid down in Article 18.

Initiation request and appointment of a quality pre-audit team

1. If a manufacturer:
(i)
has not carried out a euro banknote production activity in the 24 months preceding the request for temporary quality accreditation; or
(ii)
has not carried out any euro banknote production activity but has been requested by an NCB or a printing works to start a euro banknote production activity;
it shall make a written request to the ECB to initiate the procedure for temporary quality accreditation.
This request shall include all of the following:
(a)
a specification of the manufacturing site and its location and the euro banknote production activity for which the manufacturer seeks temporary quality accreditation;
(b)
information on the euro banknote production activity to be carried out;
(c)
a copy of the certificate referred to in Article 4(2)(a).
2. A manufacturer whose temporary quality accreditation has expired may apply for a new temporary quality accreditation. In addition to the information required under paragraph 1, it shall specify in the written request to the ECB the reasons for not having (a) tendered for; or (b) been commissioned to carry out a euro banknote production activity as referred to in Article 4(3).
3. The ECB shall check whether the manufacturer has conformed with the requirements laid down in paragraphs 1 and 2 and inform the manufacturer of the outcome of this evaluation within 30 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the initiation request. The ECB may extend this time limit once with written notice to the manufacturer. While the ECB is carrying out this evaluation, it may request additional information from the manufacturer in relation to the requirements listed in paragraphs 1 and 2. If the ECB requests additional information, it shall inform the manufacturer of the outcome of the evaluation within 20 ECB working days from the date of receipt of the additional information. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.
4. In the event of a positive evaluation, the ECB shall inform the manufacturer that a quality pre-audit will be carried out at the manufacturer’s premises. The quality pre-audit team shall be appointed as laid down in Article 5(3).
5. The ECB shall reject the initiation request and inform the manufacturer in writing of its rejection and the reasons if any of the following applies:
(a)
the manufacturer fails to provide the information required pursuant to paragraphs 1 and 2;
(b)
it fails to supply any additional information requested by the ECB pursuant to paragraph 3 within a reasonable period to be mutually agreed;
(c)
the ECB has revoked its temporary or full quality accreditation and the period of prohibition on reapplication specified in the revocation decision has not elapsed;
(d)
the location of the manufacturing site does not meet the requirements laid down in Article 4(2)(d) and (e);
(e)
the manufacturer plans to produce euro secure items and the ECB has not granted it security accreditation as referred to in Article 4(2)(c).
6. Subject to paragraph 2, if an accredited manufacturer wishes to have its quality accreditation renewed, and provided it re-applies for temporary quality accreditation before the date established in accordance with Article 10(2)(c), its quality accreditation shall remain valid until the ECB has taken a decision pursuant to Article 10(1).

Quality pre-audit

1. The quality pre-audit shall commence on a date that has been mutually agreed between the manufacturer and the ECB.
2. The quality pre-audit shall take place at the manufacturing site for which the manufacturer seeks quality accreditation.
3. The quality pre-audit team shall assess whether the quality arrangements that the manufacturer has in place will conform with the quality requirements as soon as the manufacturer starts a euro banknote production activity.
4. The quality pre-audit team shall set out its findings in a draft pre-audit report. This draft pre-audit report shall in particular contain details of all of the following:
(a)
the quality arrangements already in place at the manufacturing site that conform with the quality requirements;
(b)
any quality arrangements that the manufacturer still needs to put in place in order to conform with the quality requirements;
(c)
the quality pre-audit team’s assessment of whether temporary quality accreditation should be granted.
5. The draft pre-audit report shall be sent to the manufacturer within 30 ECB working days from the date of completion of the quality pre-audit. The manufacturer may comment within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the draft pre-audit report. The ECB shall finalise the draft pre-audit report taking into account the manufacturer’s comments before taking a decision pursuant to Article 10. The ECB may agree with the manufacturer to extend the deadlines mentioned in this paragraph.

Decision on temporary quality accreditation

1. The ECB shall notify the manufacturer in writing of its decision on the request for temporary quality accreditation within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft pre-audit report, or from the expiry of the time limit for providing such comments.
2. In the event of a positive decision, the ECB shall grant the manufacturer temporary quality accreditation. The ECB decision shall clearly identify:
(a)
the manufacturer;
(b)
the euro banknote production activity and the manufacturing site for which temporary quality accreditation is granted;
(c)
the date of expiry of the temporary quality accreditation;
(d)
any specific conditions relating to points (a) to (c).
The decision shall be based on the information set out in the final pre-audit report referred to in Article 9(5), which shall be attached to the decision.
3. A manufacturer that has been granted temporary quality accreditation may tender for or be commissioned to carry out a euro banknote production activity. Once the manufacturer starts a euro banknote production activity, it shall immediately make a written request to the ECB to initiate the procedure for full quality accreditation pursuant to Section II. The quality audit referred to in Article 6 shall commence no later than 12 months from the date on which the manufacturer has been granted temporary quality accreditation.
4. The ECB shall specify the reasons for not granting temporary quality accreditation. The manufacturer may initiate the review procedure laid down in Article 18.

Continuing obligations of quality accredited manufacturers and of the ECB

1. An accredited manufacturer shall, for the relevant manufacturing site, provide the ECB with a copy of the certificate for its quality management system each time the initial certificate referred to in Articles 3(2)(b) and 4(2)(a) is renewed.
2. An accredited manufacturer shall inform the ECB in writing and without undue delay of any of the following:
(a)
the commencement of any procedure for its winding-up or reorganisation or any analogous procedure;
(b)
the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer;
(c)
any intention to involve third parties in a euro banknote production activity, including through subcontracting;
(d)
any change made after quality accreditation has been granted that affects, or may affect, the fulfilment of the requirements for quality accreditation;
(e)
any change of control of the manufacturer following a change in its ownership structure or for any other reason.
3. An accredited manufacturer shall keep the quality requirements confidential.
4. The ECB shall inform accredited manufacturers of any update of the quality requirements.

Decision-making procedure

1. In making an observation or taking a decision as referred to in Articles 14 to 17, the ECB shall:
(a)
assess the non-conformity, taking into account the (pre-)audit report; and
(b)
inform the manufacturer in writing of the observation made or decision taken within 30 ECB working days from receipt of the manufacturer’s comments on the draft (pre-)audit report, specifying: (i) the non-conformity; (ii) the manufacturing site and euro banknote production activity to which the observation or decision relates; (iii) the date of the observation or the date on which the decision will become effective; and (iv) the reasons for the observation or decision.
2. In all cases where the ECB makes an observation or takes a decision pursuant to Articles 14 to 17, it shall be proportionate to the seriousness of the non-conformity. The ECB shall inform the NCBs and all manufacturers of the observation made or decision taken, and its scope and duration. It shall also specify that the NCBs will be notified of any change in the non-conforming manufacturer’s status.

Instances of non-conformity

1. Non-conformity by a manufacturer with the quality requirements, the other requirements for quality accreditation, or the obligations laid down in Article 11, shall be classified by the quality (pre-)audit team in one of the categories listed in paragraphs 2 to 5.
2. Non-conformity that the quality (pre-)audit team deems to have an immediate and serious impact on the quality of the manufacturer’s production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials shall qualify as a major non-conformity and the ECB shall take a decision pursuant to Article 16.
3. Non-conformity that the quality (pre-)audit team deems not to have an immediate and serious impact on the quality of the manufacturer’s production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials but that may have a direct adverse effect on the quality of such production shall qualify as a standard non-conformity and the ECB shall take a decision pursuant to Article 15.
4. Non-conformity that the quality (pre-)audit team deems not to have a direct adverse effect on the quality of the manufacturer’s production of euro banknotes or euro banknote raw materials but that has to be remedied before the next quality audit shall be referred to in the (pre-)audit report as an observation and the ECB shall make a written observation pursuant to Article 14.
5. Non-conformity that is not of a type referred to in paragraphs 2 to 4 shall be referred to in the (pre-) audit report as a note but shall not give rise to any further action pursuant to Articles 14 to 17.

Written observation

1. The ECB shall make a written observation to the manufacturer in the event of non-conformity of the type referred to in Article 13(4), which may be added to the (pre-)audit report.
2. The written observation shall state that if the non-conformity has not been remedied when the next (pre-)audit takes place, the ECB shall take a decision under Article 15.

Corrective measures and suspension of quality accreditation in relation to new orders

If non-conformity of the type referred to in Article 13(3) is identified, but the manufacturer puts forward a reasonable case that it will be able to correct the non-conformity, the ECB shall take a decision:
(a)
laying down, in consultation with the manufacturer, a time limit for the manufacturer to remedy the non-conformity;
(b)
specifying that the manufacturer may not accept new orders for the relevant euro banknote production activity, including participation in relevant tender procedures, if the non-conformity has not been remedied by the expiry of the time limit referred to in point (a).

Suspension of euro banknote production activity

1. If non-conformity referred to in Article 13(2) is identified, the quality (pre-)audit team may recommend to the ECB suspension of the relevant euro banknote production activity with immediate effect until the non-conformity has been remedied. The manufacturer shall provide the quality (pre-)audit team with information concerning any other manufacturer which may be affected as a customer or supplier by the suspension.
2. As soon as possible after suspension takes effect pursuant to paragraph 1, the quality (pre-)audit team shall, in a follow-up quality audit, assess whether the non-conformity has been remedied. If the quality (pre-)audit team decides that the non-conformity has been remedied, the ECB shall lift the suspension. If the manufacturer does not rectify the non-conformity, the ECB shall take a decision pursuant to Article 17.

Revocation of quality accreditation

1. The ECB shall revoke a manufacturer’s quality accreditation if it is not able to rectify non-conformity of a type referred to in Article 13(2).
2. In its revocation decision, the ECB shall specify the date from which the manufacturer may reapply for quality accreditation.

Review procedure

1. If the ECB takes any of the following decisions:
(a)
rejecting a request to initiate the full or temporary quality accreditation procedure;
(b)
refusing to grant full or temporary quality accreditation;
(c)
pursuant to Articles 14 to 17;
the manufacturer may, within 30 ECB working days of notification of such a decision, submit a written request to the Governing Council to review the decision. The manufacturer shall include its reasons for such a request and all supporting information.
2. If the manufacturer explicitly so requests, and gives reasons, the Governing Council may suspend the application of the decision that is to be reviewed.
3. The Governing Council shall review the decision and communicate its reasoned decision in writing to the manufacturer within two months of receipt of the request.
4. The application of paragraphs 1 to 3 shall be without prejudice to any rights under Articles 263 and 265 of the Treaty.

ECB quality accreditation register

1. The ECB shall keep a register of quality accreditations:
(a)
listing the manufacturers which have been granted full or temporary quality accreditation and their manufacturing sites;
(b)
indicating in respect of each manufacturing site the euro banknote production activity for which quality accreditation has been granted;
(c)
recording the expiry of any quality accreditation.
2. If the ECB takes a decision under Article 16, it shall record the duration of the suspension.
3. If the ECB takes a decision under Article 17, it shall remove the name of the manufacturer from the register.
4. The ECB shall make available to NCBs and accredited manufacturers a list of all manufacturers contained in the register and any updates thereof.

Entry into force

This Decision shall enter into force on the day following its publication in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall apply from 1 May 2011.

Pending: 32010D0018

13.1.2010 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 8/32
(1) Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 provides that specific eco-label criteria, drawn up on the basis of the criteria drafted by the European Union Eco-labelling Board, are to be established according to product groups.
(2) The ecological criteria, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, should be valid for four years from the date of notification of this decision.
(3) Measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee instituted by Article 17 of Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000,
— the reduction of impacts on habitats and associated resources,
— the reduction of energy consumption,
— the reduction of discharges of toxic or otherwise polluting substances into the environment,
— the reduction of use of dangerous substances in the materials and in the finished products,
— safety and absence of risk to health in the living environment,
— information that will enable the consumer to use the product in an efficient way which minimises the whole environmental impact.
— Until 30 June 2011, for wooden products placed on the market bearing the Ecolabel, at least 50 % of any solid wood and 20 % wood-based materials must originate either from sustainably managed forests which have been certified by independent third party schemes fulfilling the criteria listed in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union(1)and further development thereof, or from recycled materials.
— From 1 July 2011, until 31 December 2012 for wooden products placed on the market bearing the Ecolabel at least 60 % of any solid wood and 30 % wood-based materials must originate either from sustainably managed forests which have been certified by independent third party schemes fulfilling the criteria listed in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union and further development thereof, or from recycled materials.
— From 1 January 2013, for wooden products placed on the market bearing the Ecolabel at least 70 % of any solid wood and 40 % wood-based materials must originate either from sustainably managed forests which have been certified by independent third party schemes fulfilling the criteria listed in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union and further development thereof, or from recycled materials.
Elements and compounds Limit values(mg/kg of total dry panel)
Arsenic 25
Cadmium 50
Chromium 25
Copper 40
Lead 90
Mercury 25
Fluorine 100
Chlorine 1 000
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) 5
Tar oils (benzo(a)pyrene) 0,5
— WHO recommended classification of pesticides by hazard classified as class 1a (extremely hazardous),
— WHO recommended classification of pesticides by hazard classified as class 1b (highly hazardous).
(a) No substances or preparations that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, any of the following risk phrases (or combinations thereof) may be added to the wooden product:R23 (toxic by inhalation)R24 (toxic in contact with skin)R25 (toxic if swallowed)R26 (very toxic by inhalation)R27 (very toxic in contact with skin)R28 (very toxic if swallowed)R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects)R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect)R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation)R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact)R45 (may cause cancer)R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage)R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure)R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation)R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms)R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms)R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms)R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment)R60 (may impair fertility)R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child)R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility)R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child)R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),as laid down in Council Directive 67/548/EEC of 27 June 1967 on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the classification, packaging and labelling of dangerous substances(4)(Dangerous Substances Directive), and its subsequent amendments, and considering Directive 1999/45/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5)(Dangerous Preparations Directive).Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on classification, labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures, amending and repealing directives 67/548/EEC and 1999/45/EC, and amending Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006(6). In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, any of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H300, H301, H310, H311, H317 H330, H331, H334, H351, H350, H340, H350i, H400, H410, H411, H412, H413, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df, H341, H370, H372. R23 (toxic by inhalation) R24 (toxic in contact with skin) R25 (toxic if swallowed) R26 (very toxic by inhalation) R27 (very toxic in contact with skin) R28 (very toxic if swallowed) R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects) R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect) R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation) R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact) R45 (may cause cancer) R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage) R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure) R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation) R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms) R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms) R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms) R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment) R60 (may impair fertility) R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child) R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility) R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child) R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
R23 (toxic by inhalation)
R24 (toxic in contact with skin)
R25 (toxic if swallowed)
R26 (very toxic by inhalation)
R27 (very toxic in contact with skin)
R28 (very toxic if swallowed)
R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects)
R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect)
R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation)
R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact)
R45 (may cause cancer)
R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage)
R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure)
R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation)
R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms)
R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms)
R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms)
R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment)
R60 (may impair fertility)
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child)
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility)
R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child)
R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
R23 (toxic by inhalation)
R24 (toxic in contact with skin)
R25 (toxic if swallowed)
R26 (very toxic by inhalation)
R27 (very toxic in contact with skin)
R28 (very toxic if swallowed)
R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects)
R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect)
R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation)
R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact)
R45 (may cause cancer)
R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage)
R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure)
R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation)
R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms)
R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms)
R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms)
R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment)
R60 (may impair fertility)
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child)
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility)
R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child)
R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
(b) The product must not contain halogenated organic binding agents, azidirin and polyaziridins as well as pigments and additives based on:—lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds,—arsenic, boron and copper,—organic tin. — lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds, — arsenic, boron and copper, — organic tin.
— lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds,
— arsenic, boron and copper,
— organic tin.
— lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds,
— arsenic, boron and copper,
— organic tin.
(a) The requirements of part 2.1 on dangerous substances for the raw wood and plant treatments shall also apply for coating and surface treatments.
(b) Chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment by the chemical manufacturer/supplier in accordance with EU classification system (28th Amendment to Directive 67/548/EEC) shall comply with the two following limits:—chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values,—the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of compliance with this criterion, together with documents to support this declaration, including:—a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances,—the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC,—a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed,—number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.The following standard degrees of effectiveness are used for the purpose of calculating the consumption of surface treatment product and of the applied quantity: spraying device without recycling 50 %, spraying device with recycling 70 %, electrostatic spraying 65 %, spraying, bell/disk 80 %, roller coating 95 %, blanket coating 95 %, vacuum coating 95 %, dipping 95 %, rinsing 95 %. — chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values, — the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2. — a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances, — the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC, — a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed, — number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.
— chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values,
— the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2.
— a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances,
— the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC,
— a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed,
— number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.
— chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values,
— the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2.
— a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances,
— the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC,
— a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed,
— number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.
(c) The content of free formaldehyde in products or preparations used in the panels shall not exceed 0,3 % by weight.The content of free formaldehyde in binding agents, adhesives, and glues for plywood panels or laminated wood panels shall not exceed 0,5 % by weight.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide appropriate declarations verifying that the above requirements are respected. For the chemical products used in the production a SDS or equivalent documentation shall be presented containing information on health hazard classification.
(a) The requirements of part 2.1 on dangerous substances for the raw wood and plant treatments shall also apply for adhesives.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide appropriate declarations verifying that the above requirements are met. For each chemical product used in the assembly of the product, a SDS or equivalent documentation shall be presented containing information on health hazard classification. Test reports or a declaration from the supplier shall be provided for the free formaldehyde content.
(b) The VOC content of adhesives used in the assembly of the product shall not exceed 10 % by weight (w/w).Assessment and verification:a declaration shall be provided by the applicant indicating all adhesives used in the assembly the product, as well as the compliance with this criterion.
Product family Limit(P)
Wood floor and bamboo coverings 10,5
Laminate floor coverings 12,5
Cork coverings 9
— kind and quantity of waste recovered,
— kind of disposal,
— information about the reuse (internally or externally to the production process) of waste and secondary materials in the production of new products.
Substance Requirement(after 3 days)
Total organic compounds within the retention rangeC6 — C16 (TVOC) 0,25 mg/m3air
Total organic compounds within the retention range> C16 — C22 (TSVOC) 0,03 mg/m3air
Total VOC without LCI(*1) 0,05 mg/m3air
— easily recyclable material,
— materials taken from renewable resources,
— materials intended to be reusable.
(a) information that the product has been awarded the EU Ecolabel together with a brief yet specific explanation as to what this means in addition to the general information provided by box 2 of the logo;
(b) recommendations for the use and maintenance of the product. This information should highlight all relevant instructions particularly referring to the maintenance and use of products. As appropriate, reference should be made to the features of the product’s use under difficult conditions, for example, water absorption, stain resistance, resistance to chemicals, necessary preparation of the underlying surface, cleaning instructions and recommended types of cleaning agents and cleaning intervals. The information should also include any possible indication on the product’s potential life expectancy in technical terms, either as an average or as a range value;
(c) an indication of the route of recycling or disposal (explanation in order to give the consumer information about the high possible performance of such a product);
(d) information on the EU Ecolabel and its related product groups, including the following text (or equivalent): ‘for more information visit the EU Ecolabel website: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ecolabel/’.
— sustainable managed forests and reduced impact on habitats,
— hazardous substance restricted,
— production process energy saving,
— lower risk to health in the living environment.
A = Wood from certified, sustainable forest (%)
B = Proportion of renewable fuels (%)
C = Electricity consumption (MJ/m2)
D = Fuel consumption (MJ/m2)
A = Cork, bamboo or wood from certified, sustainable forest (%)
B = Proportion of recycled wood raw materials (%)
C = Proportion of renewable fuels (%)
D = Electricity consumption (MJ/m2)
E = Fuel consumption (MJ/m2)
A = Proportion of recycled cork (%)
B = Proportion of renewable fuels (%)
C = Electricity consumption (MJ/m2)
D = Fuel consumption (MJ/m2)
Fuel Quantity Units Conversion factor Energy(MJ)
Straw (15 % W) kg 14,5
Pellets (7 % W) kg 17,5
Waste wood (20 % W) kg 14,7
Wood chips (45 % W) kg 9,4
Peat kg 20
Natural gas kg 54,1
Natural gas Nm3 38,8
Butane kg 49,3
Kerosene kg 46,5
Gasoline kg 52,7
Diesel kg 44,6
Gas oil kg 45,2
Heavy fuel oil kg 42,7
Dry steam coal kg 30,6
Anthracite kg 29,7
Charcoal kg 33,7
Industrial coke kg 27,9
Electricity (from net) kWh 3,6
Total energy (MJ)
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 on a revised Community eco-label award scheme(1), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 6(1) thereof,
After consulting the European Union Eco-labelling Board,
(1) Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 provides that specific eco-label criteria, drawn up on the basis of the criteria drafted by the European Union Eco-labelling Board, are to be established according to product groups.
(2) The ecological criteria, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, should be valid for four years from the date of notification of this decision.
(3) Measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee instituted by Article 17 of Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
The product group ‘wooden floor coverings’ shall comprise wood- and plant-based coverings: including wood and timber coverings, laminate floorings, cork coverings and bamboo floorings which are made, for more than 90 % in mass (in the final product), from wood, wood powder and/or wood/plant-based material. It does not apply to wall coverings, where properly indicated, or coverings for external use or for coverings with a structural function.
This product group will not include any covering treated with biocidal products at any stage of the production process, except where those biocidal products are included in Annex IA to Directive 98/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(2)and where the active substance is authorised for the use in question according to Annex V to Directive 98/8/EC.

Article 2
In order to be awarded the Community Ecolabel under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000, wooden floor coverings must fall within the product group ‘wooden floor coverings’ as defined in Article 1, and must comply with the ecological criteria set out in the Annex to this Decision.

Article 3
The ecological criteria for the product group ‘wooden floor coverings’, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, shall be valid for four years from the date of notification of this decision.

Article 4
For administrative purposes the code number assigned to the product group ‘wooden floor coverings’ shall be ‘35’.

Article 5
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 on a revised Community eco-label award scheme(1), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 6(1) thereof,
After consulting the European Union Eco-labelling Board,
(1) Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 provides that specific eco-label criteria, drawn up on the basis of the criteria drafted by the European Union Eco-labelling Board, are to be established according to product groups.
(2) The ecological criteria, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, should be valid for four years from the date of notification of this decision.
(3) Measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee instituted by Article 17 of Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The product group ‘wooden floor coverings’ shall comprise wood- and plant-based coverings: including wood and timber coverings, laminate floorings, cork coverings and bamboo floorings which are made, for more than 90 % in mass (in the final product), from wood, wood powder and/or wood/plant-based material. It does not apply to wall coverings, where properly indicated, or coverings for external use or for coverings with a structural function.
This product group will not include any covering treated with biocidal products at any stage of the production process, except where those biocidal products are included in Annex IA to Directive 98/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(2)and where the active substance is authorised for the use in question according to Annex V to Directive 98/8/EC.
In order to be awarded the Community Ecolabel under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000, wooden floor coverings must fall within the product group ‘wooden floor coverings’ as defined in Article 1, and must comply with the ecological criteria set out in the Annex to this Decision.
The ecological criteria for the product group ‘wooden floor coverings’, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, shall be valid for four years from the date of notification of this decision.
For administrative purposes the code number assigned to the product group ‘wooden floor coverings’ shall be ‘35’.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.

FRAMEWORK

ANNEX
The aims of the criteria
These criteria aim in particular at promoting:

— | the reduction of impacts on habitats and associated resources,
— | the reduction of energy consumption,
— | the reduction of discharges of toxic or otherwise polluting substances into the environment,
— | the reduction of use of dangerous substances in the materials and in the finished products,
— | safety and absence of risk to health in the living environment,
— | information that will enable the consumer to use the product in an efficient way which minimises the whole environmental impact.The criteria are set at levels that promote the labelling of coverings that are produced with low environmental impact.

Assessment and verification requirements
The specific assessment and verification requirements are indicated within each criterion.
This product group includes ‘Wood and timber coverings’, ‘Laminate floorings’, ‘Cork coverings’ and ‘Bamboo floorings’;
Wood and timber coveringsare ‘wood floors or wall coverings made of one solid piece of wood that have tongue and groove sides or constructed from several wood plies that are glued together in a multilayer panel. A wood covering can be unfinished, and once installed sanded, then finished on site or pre-finished in a factory.’
Wood and timber coverings criteria can be applicable both for wall and floor coverings, if the production processes remain the same, using the same materials and the same manufacturing methods. The criteria are set for internal use only.
The industry producing wood floor coverings determines its technical position in the European Committee for Standardisation CEN/TC 112.
Laminate flooringsare ‘rigid floor covering with a surface layer consisting of one or more thin sheets of a fibrous material (usually paper), impregnated with aminoplastic thermosetting resins (usually melamine), pressed or bonded on a substrate, normally finished with a backer’.
Laminates coverings criteria can be applicable only for floor coverings and for indoor use.
The industry producing laminate floor coverings determines its technical position in the European Committee for Standardisation CEN/TC 134.
Cork coveringsare floor or wall coverings the main component of which is cork. The granulated cork is mixed with a binder, and then cured or several layers of cork (agglomerated/veneer) can be pressed together with glue.
The cork coverings can be divided into natural cork tiles (the main component of which is agglomerated composition cork, intended to be used with a finish) and in engineered cork panels (consisting of several layers including a fibreboard the main component of which is agglomerated cork or has cork as technical solution, intended to be used with a finishing wear layer).
Cork coverings criteria can be applicable both for wall and floor coverings, if the production processes remain the same, using the same materials and the same manufacturing methods. The criteria are set for indoor use only.
The European ‘cork’ floor covering industry determines its technical position in the European Committee for Standardisation CEN/TC134.
Bamboo floor coveringare made of bamboo in solid pieces or in agglomerates as a main component.
Bamboo coverings criteria can be applicable only for floor coverings and for indoor use.
The functional unit, to which inputs and outputs should be related, is 1 m2of finished product.
Where appropriate, test methods other than those indicated for each criterion may be used if their equivalence is accepted by the competent body assessing the application.
Where possible, testing should be performed by appropriately accredited laboratories or laboratories that meet the general requirements expressed in standard EN ISO 17025.
Where appropriate, competent bodies may require supporting documentation and may carry out independent verifications.

WOODEN FLOOR COVERINGS CRITERIA
1. RAW MATERIALSAll cork, bamboo and virgin wood must originate from forests that are managed so as to implement the principles and measures aimed at certifying sustainable forest management.
1.1. Sustainable forest management
The producer shall have a policy for sustainable wood procurement and a system to trace and verify the origin of wood and tracking it from forest to the first reception point.
The origin of all wood shall be documented. The producer must ensure that all wood originate from legal sources. The wood shall not come from protected areas or areas in the official process of designation for protection, old growth forests and high conservation value forests defined in national stakeholder processes unless the purchases are clearly in line with the national conservation regulations.

— | Until 30 June 2011, for wooden products placed on the market bearing the Ecolabel, at least 50 % of any solid wood and 20 % wood-based materials must originate either from sustainably managed forests which have been certified by independent third party schemes fulfilling the criteria listed in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union(1)and further development thereof, or from recycled materials.
— | From 1 July 2011, until 31 December 2012 for wooden products placed on the market bearing the Ecolabel at least 60 % of any solid wood and 30 % wood-based materials must originate either from sustainably managed forests which have been certified by independent third party schemes fulfilling the criteria listed in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union and further development thereof, or from recycled materials.
— | From 1 January 2013, for wooden products placed on the market bearing the Ecolabel at least 70 % of any solid wood and 40 % wood-based materials must originate either from sustainably managed forests which have been certified by independent third party schemes fulfilling the criteria listed in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union and further development thereof, or from recycled materials.Assessment and verification:for meeting these conditions, the applicant shall demonstrate that any of their wooden eco-labelled products, when first placed on the market after the dates shown in the criterion will meet the appropriate level of certified wood. If this cannot be demonstrated the competent body will only issue the Ecolabel licence for the period for which compliance can be demonstrated. The applicant shall provide appropriate documentation from the wood supplier indicating the types, quantities and precise origins of wood used in the production of floor coverings. The applicant shall provide appropriate certificate(s) showing that the certification scheme correctly fulfils the requirements as laid down in paragraph 15 of the Council Resolution of 15 December 1998 on a forestry strategy for the European Union.
Definition:Wood-based materials means material made by binding with adhesives and/or glues one or more of the following materials: wood fibres, and/or stripped or sheared wood sheets, and/or wood residues from forest, plantations, sawn wood, residues from pulp/paper industry, and/or recycled wood. Wood-based materials comprise: hardboard, fibreboard, medium density fibreboard, particleboard, OSB (oriented strand board), plywood, and panels in solid wood. The term ‘wood-based material’ also refers to composite materials made from wood-based panels coated by plastics, or laminated plastics, or metals, or other coating materials and finished/semi-finished wood-based panels.
1.2. Recycled wood and plant materials (for laminate flooring and multilayer wood coverings)
Post-consumer wood, chips or fibres applied in the production of wood-based materials (input), shall at least comply with the provisions in the EPF industry standard, as reported in paragraph 6 of document ‘EPF standard for delivery conditions of recycled wood’ of 24 October 2002.
The total amount of the recycled material shall comply with the limits indicated in table below:

Elements and compounds | Limit values(mg/kg of total dry panel)
Arsenic | 25
Cadmium | 50
Chromium | 25
Copper | 40
Lead | 90
Mercury | 25
Fluorine | 100
Chlorine | 1 000
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) | 5
Tar oils (benzo(a)pyrene) | 0,5Assessment and verification:a declaration shall be provided that recycled wood or plant materials comply with limit values as laid down in text. If it can be proved that the substances indicated have not been used in any previous preparation or treatment, the application of test to demonstrate compliance with this requirement can be avoided.
1.3. Impregnating substances and preservatives
Wooden flooring shall not be impregnated.
Solid wood, after logging, shall not be treated with substances or preparations containing substances that are included in any of the following lists:

— | WHO recommended classification of pesticides by hazard classified as class 1a (extremely hazardous),
— | WHO recommended classification of pesticides by hazard classified as class 1b (highly hazardous).Moreover, the treatment of wood shall be in accordance with the provisions of Council Directive 79/117/EEC(2)and Council Directive 76/769/EEC(3).
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration showing compliance to this criterion, a list of the substances which have been used and a data sheet for each of them.
1.4. Genetically modified wood
The product shall not contain GMO wood.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration that no GMO wood has been used.
2. USE OF DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES2.1. Dangerous substances for the raw wood and plant treatments

| (a) | No substances or preparations that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, any of the following risk phrases (or combinations thereof) may be added to the wooden product:R23 (toxic by inhalation)R24 (toxic in contact with skin)R25 (toxic if swallowed)R26 (very toxic by inhalation)R27 (very toxic in contact with skin)R28 (very toxic if swallowed)R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects)R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect)R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation)R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact)R45 (may cause cancer)R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage)R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure)R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation)R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms)R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms)R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms)R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment)R60 (may impair fertility)R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child)R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility)R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child)R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),as laid down in Council Directive 67/548/EEC of 27 June 1967 on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the classification, packaging and labelling of dangerous substances(4)(Dangerous Substances Directive), and its subsequent amendments, and considering Directive 1999/45/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5)(Dangerous Preparations Directive).Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on classification, labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures, amending and repealing directives 67/548/EEC and 1999/45/EC, and amending Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006(6). In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, any of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H300, H301, H310, H311, H317 H330, H331, H334, H351, H350, H340, H350i, H400, H410, H411, H412, H413, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df, H341, H370, H372. | | R23 (toxic by inhalation) | | R24 (toxic in contact with skin) | | R25 (toxic if swallowed) | | R26 (very toxic by inhalation) | | R27 (very toxic in contact with skin) | | R28 (very toxic if swallowed) | | R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects) | | R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect) | | R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation) | | R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact) | | R45 (may cause cancer) | | R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage) | | R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure) | | R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation) | | R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms) | | R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms) | | R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms) | | R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment) | | R60 (may impair fertility) | | R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child) | | R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility) | | R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child) | | R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
| R23 (toxic by inhalation)
| R24 (toxic in contact with skin)
| R25 (toxic if swallowed)
| R26 (very toxic by inhalation)
| R27 (very toxic in contact with skin)
| R28 (very toxic if swallowed)
| R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects)
| R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect)
| R42 (may cause sensitisation by inhalation)
| R43 (may cause sensitisation by skin contact)
| R45 (may cause cancer)
| R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage)
| R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure)
| R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation)
| R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms)
| R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms)
| R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms)
| R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment)
| R60 (may impair fertility)
| R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child)
| R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility)
| R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child)
| R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
| (b) | The product must not contain halogenated organic binding agents, azidirin and polyaziridins as well as pigments and additives based on:—lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds,—arsenic, boron and copper,—organic tin. | — | lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds, | — | arsenic, boron and copper, | — | organic tin.
— | lead, cadmium, chrome (VI), mercury and their compounds,
— | arsenic, boron and copper,
— | organic tin.2.2. Dangerous substances in the coating and surface treatments

Generic requirements

| (a) | The requirements of part 2.1 on dangerous substances for the raw wood and plant treatments shall also apply for coating and surface treatments.
| (b) | Chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment by the chemical manufacturer/supplier in accordance with EU classification system (28th Amendment to Directive 67/548/EEC) shall comply with the two following limits:—chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values,—the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of compliance with this criterion, together with documents to support this declaration, including:—a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances,—the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC,—a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed,—number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.The following standard degrees of effectiveness are used for the purpose of calculating the consumption of surface treatment product and of the applied quantity: spraying device without recycling 50 %, spraying device with recycling 70 %, electrostatic spraying 65 %, spraying, bell/disk 80 %, roller coating 95 %, blanket coating 95 %, vacuum coating 95 %, dipping 95 %, rinsing 95 %. | — | chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values, | — | the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2. | — | a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances, | — | the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC, | — | a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed, | — | number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.
— | chemical substances classified as harmful for the environment in accordance with the Directive 1999/45/EC must not be added to substances and preparations for surface treatment.Nevertheless the products may contain up to 5 % volatile organic compounds (VOC) as defined in Directive 1999/13/EC(7)(VOC shall mean any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use). If the product requires dilution, the contents of the diluted product must not exceed the abovementioned threshold values,
— | the applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of environmentally harmful substances shall not exceed 14 g/m2surface area and applied quantity (wet paint/varnish) of VOC shall not exceed 35 g/m2.
— | a complete recipe with designation of quantities and CAS numbers for constituent substances,
— | the test method and test results for all substances present in the product, according to the Directive 67/548/EEC,
— | a declaration stating that all constituent substances have been disclosed,
— | number of coats and quantity applied per coat per square metre of surface.
| (c) | The content of free formaldehyde in products or preparations used in the panels shall not exceed 0,3 % by weight.The content of free formaldehyde in binding agents, adhesives, and glues for plywood panels or laminated wood panels shall not exceed 0,5 % by weight.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide appropriate declarations verifying that the above requirements are respected. For the chemical products used in the production a SDS or equivalent documentation shall be presented containing information on health hazard classification.
Adhesives

| (a) | The requirements of part 2.1 on dangerous substances for the raw wood and plant treatments shall also apply for adhesives.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide appropriate declarations verifying that the above requirements are met. For each chemical product used in the assembly of the product, a SDS or equivalent documentation shall be presented containing information on health hazard classification. Test reports or a declaration from the supplier shall be provided for the free formaldehyde content.
| (b) | The VOC content of adhesives used in the assembly of the product shall not exceed 10 % by weight (w/w).Assessment and verification:a declaration shall be provided by the applicant indicating all adhesives used in the assembly the product, as well as the compliance with this criterion.
Formaldehyde
Formaldehyde emissions from substances and preparations for surface treatment liberating formaldehyde shall be less than 0,05 ppm.
Assessment and verification:the applicant and/or its supplier shall provide the Material Safety Data Sheet or an equivalent declaration for the compliance of this requirement, together with information on the formulation of the surface treatment.

Plasticisers
The requirements of part 2.1 on dangerous substances for the raw wood and plant treatments shall also apply for any phthalates used in the manufacturing process.
Additionally DNOP (di-n-octyl phthalate), DINP (di-isononyl phthalate), DIDP (di-isodecyl phthalate) are not permitted in the product.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of compliance with this criterion.

Biocides
Only biocidal products containing biocidal active substances included in Annex IA of Directive 98/8/EC, and authorised for use in floor coverings, shall be allowed for use.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration that the requirements of this criterion have been met along with a list of biocidal products used.
3. PRODUCTION PROCESS3.1. Energy consumption
The energy consumption shall be calculated as the process energy used for the production of the coverings.
The process energy, calculated as indicated in the Technical Appendix, shall exceed the following limits (P = scoring point):

Product family | Limit(P)
Wood floor and bamboo coverings | 10,5
Laminate floor coverings | 12,5
Cork coverings | 9Assessment and verification:the applicant shall calculate the Energy consumption of the production process according to the Technical Appendix instructions providing the related results and supporting documentation.
3.2. Waste management
The applicant shall provide an appropriate documentation on the procedures adopted for the recovery of the by-products originated from the process. The applicant shall provide a report including the following information:

— | kind and quantity of waste recovered,
— | kind of disposal,
— | information about the reuse (internally or externally to the production process) of waste and secondary materials in the production of new products.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide appropriate documentation based on, for example, mass balance sheets and/or environmental reporting systems showing the rates of recovery achieved whether externally or internally, for example, by means of recycling, reuse or reclamation/regeneration.
4. USE PHASE4.1. Release of dangerous substances
The release of formaldehyde from the panels of cork, bamboo or wood fibres constituting the covering shall not exceed 0,05 mg/m3.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide appropriate documentation based on test following the chamber method according to EN 717-1 method.

Volatile organic compounds (VOC)
The finished products must not exceed the following emission values:

Substance | Requirement(after 3 days)
Total organic compounds within the retention rangeC6 — C16 (TVOC) | 0,25 mg/m3air
Total organic compounds within the retention range> C16 — C22 (TSVOC) | 0,03 mg/m3air
Total VOC without LCI(*1) | 0,05 mg/m3airAssessment and verification:the applicant shall present a test certificate according to emission tests prEN 15052 or EN ISO 16000-9.
5. PACKAGINGPackaging must be made out of one of the following:

— | easily recyclable material,
— | materials taken from renewable resources,
— | materials intended to be reusable.Assessment and verification:a description of the product packaging shall be provided on application, together with a corresponding declaration of compliance with this criterion.
6. FITNESS FOR USEThe product shall be fit for use. This evidence may include data from appropriate ISO, CEN or equivalent test methods, such as national procedures.
Assessment and verification:details of the test procedures and results shall be provided, together with a declaration that the product is fit for use based on all other information about the best application by the end-user. According to Directive 89/106/EEC(8)a product is presumed to be fit for use if it conforms to a harmonised standard, a European technical approval or a non-harmonised technical specification recognised at Community level. The EC conformity mark ‘CE’ for construction products provides producers with an attestation of conformity easily recognisable and may be considered as sufficient in this context.
7. CONSUMER INFORMATIONThe product shall be sold with relevant user information, which provides advice on the product’s proper and best general and technical use as well as its maintenance. It shall bear the following information on the packaging and/or on documentation accompanying the product:

(a) | information that the product has been awarded the EU Ecolabel together with a brief yet specific explanation as to what this means in addition to the general information provided by box 2 of the logo;
(b) | recommendations for the use and maintenance of the product. This information should highlight all relevant instructions particularly referring to the maintenance and use of products. As appropriate, reference should be made to the features of the product’s use under difficult conditions, for example, water absorption, stain resistance, resistance to chemicals, necessary preparation of the underlying surface, cleaning instructions and recommended types of cleaning agents and cleaning intervals. The information should also include any possible indication on the product’s potential life expectancy in technical terms, either as an average or as a range value;
(c) | an indication of the route of recycling or disposal (explanation in order to give the consumer information about the high possible performance of such a product);
(d) | information on the EU Ecolabel and its related product groups, including the following text (or equivalent): ‘for more information visit the EU Ecolabel website: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ecolabel/’.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a sample of the packaging and/or texts enclosed.
8. INFORMATION APPEARING ON THE ECOLABELBox 2 of the Ecolabel shall contain the following text:

— | sustainable managed forests and reduced impact on habitats,
— | hazardous substance restricted,
— | production process energy saving,
— | lower risk to health in the living environment.
(1)
OJ C 56, 26.2.1999, p. 1.
(2)
OJ L 33, 8.2.1979, p. 36.
(3)
OJ L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 201.
(4)
OJ 196, 16.8.1967, p. 1.
(5)
OJ L 200, 30.7.1999, p. 1.
(6)
OJ L 353, 31.12.2008, p. 1.
(7)
OJ L 85, 29.3.1999, p. 1.
(*1) LCI = lowest concentration of interest; see ‘Health risk assessment process for emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOC) from building products’ (Federal Environmental Agency).
(8)
OJ L 40, 11.2.1989, p. 12.

Pending: 32010D0005

7.1.2010 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 3/19
(1) Under Article 371 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax(2), certain Member States may continue to exempt certain transactions. These transactions must be taken into account for the determination of the VAT own resources base.
(2) By virtue of Article 371 of Directive 2006/112/EC, Ireland may continue to exempt transactions listed in point 10 of Part B of Annex X to that Directive.
(3) Ireland has requested authorisation from the Commission to use certain approximate estimates for the calculation of the VAT own resources base since it is unable to make the precise calculation of the VAT own resources base for transactions referred to in point 10 of Part B of Annex X to the VAT Directive. Such calculation is likely to involve an unjustified administrative burden in relation to the effect of these transactions on Ireland’s total VAT own resources base. Ireland is able to make a calculation using approximate estimates for this category of transactions. Ireland should therefore be authorised to calculate the VAT own resource base using approximate estimates in accordance with the second indent of Article 6(3) of Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1553/89.
(4) For reasons of transparency and legal certainty it is appropriate to limit the applicability of the authorisation in time,
— Transport of passengers (point 10).
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community,
Having regard to Council Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1553/89 of 29 May 1989 on the definitive uniform arrangements for the collection of own resources accruing from value added tax(1), and in particular Article 6(3) thereof,
After consulting the Advisory Committee on Own Resources,
(1) Under Article 371 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax(2), certain Member States may continue to exempt certain transactions. These transactions must be taken into account for the determination of the VAT own resources base.
(2) By virtue of Article 371 of Directive 2006/112/EC, Ireland may continue to exempt transactions listed in point 10 of Part B of Annex X to that Directive.
(3) Ireland has requested authorisation from the Commission to use certain approximate estimates for the calculation of the VAT own resources base since it is unable to make the precise calculation of the VAT own resources base for transactions referred to in point 10 of Part B of Annex X to the VAT Directive. Such calculation is likely to involve an unjustified administrative burden in relation to the effect of these transactions on Ireland’s total VAT own resources base. Ireland is able to make a calculation using approximate estimates for this category of transactions. Ireland should therefore be authorised to calculate the VAT own resource base using approximate estimates in accordance with the second indent of Article 6(3) of Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1553/89.
(4) For reasons of transparency and legal certainty it is appropriate to limit the applicability of the authorisation in time,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
For the purpose of calculating the VAT own resources base from 1 January 2009, Ireland is authorised to use approximate estimates in respect of the following category of transactions referred to in part B of Annex X to Directive 2006/112/EC:
—
Transport of passengers (point 10).

Article 2
This Decision shall apply from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2013.

Article 3
This Decision is addressed to Ireland.

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Atomic Energy Community,
Having regard to Council Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1553/89 of 29 May 1989 on the definitive uniform arrangements for the collection of own resources accruing from value added tax(1), and in particular Article 6(3) thereof,
After consulting the Advisory Committee on Own Resources,
(1) Under Article 371 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax(2), certain Member States may continue to exempt certain transactions. These transactions must be taken into account for the determination of the VAT own resources base.
(2) By virtue of Article 371 of Directive 2006/112/EC, Ireland may continue to exempt transactions listed in point 10 of Part B of Annex X to that Directive.
(3) Ireland has requested authorisation from the Commission to use certain approximate estimates for the calculation of the VAT own resources base since it is unable to make the precise calculation of the VAT own resources base for transactions referred to in point 10 of Part B of Annex X to the VAT Directive. Such calculation is likely to involve an unjustified administrative burden in relation to the effect of these transactions on Ireland’s total VAT own resources base. Ireland is able to make a calculation using approximate estimates for this category of transactions. Ireland should therefore be authorised to calculate the VAT own resource base using approximate estimates in accordance with the second indent of Article 6(3) of Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1553/89.
(4) For reasons of transparency and legal certainty it is appropriate to limit the applicability of the authorisation in time,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
For the purpose of calculating the VAT own resources base from 1 January 2009, Ireland is authorised to use approximate estimates in respect of the following category of transactions referred to in part B of Annex X to Directive 2006/112/EC:
—
Transport of passengers (point 10).
This Decision shall apply from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2013.
This Decision is addressed to Ireland.

Pending: 32009D1014

29.12.2009 EN XM XM Official Journal of the European Union L 348/22
(1) Article 300(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union requires that members or alternate members of the Committee of the Regions, besides being representatives of regional or local bodies, ‘either hold a regional or local authority electoral mandate or are politically accountable to an elected assembly’,
(2) Article 305 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union provides for the members of the Committee and an equal number of alternate members to be appointed by the Council for five years in accordance with the proposals made by each Member State,
(3) Article 8 of the Protocol on Transitional Provisions sets out the allocation of members of the Committee of the Regions,
(4) As the term of office of the members and alternate members of the Committee of the Regions is due to expire on 25 January 2010, new members and alternate members should be appointed to the Committee of the Regions.
(5) This appointment will be followed at a later date by the appointment of the other members and alternate members whose nominations have not been communicated to the Council before 14 December 2009,
— as members, the persons listed by Member State in Annex I,
— as alternate members, the persons listed by Member State in Annex II.
De heer Geert BOURGEOISVlaams minister
De heer Jos CHABERTOpvolger in het Brussels Hoofdstedelijk Parlement
Monsieur Xavier DESGAINMembre du Parlement wallon
Mevrouw Mia DE VITSVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
Monsieur Paul FICHEROULLEEchevin de la Ville de Charleroi
Monsieur Jean-François ISTASSEMembre du Parlement de la Communauté française
Herr Karl-Heinz LAMBERTZMinisterpräsident der Regierung der Deutschsprachigen Gemeinschaft
Monsieur Michel LEBRUNMembre du Parlement de la Communauté française
Monsieur Charles PICQUEMinistre-Président du Gouvernement de la Région de Bruxelles-Capitale
De heer Jan ROEGIERSVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
De heer Johan SAUWENSVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
De heer Luc VAN DEN BRANDEVoorzitter van het Vlaams-Europees Verbindingsagentschap
Mr. Hasan AZISMayor, Municipality of Karjali
Ms. Katya DOYCHEVAMayor, Municipality of Tvarditza
Ms. Dora IANKOVAMayor, Municipality of Smolyan
Mr. Vladimir KISSIOVMunicipal Councilor, Municipality of Sofia
Mr. Krasimir MIREVMayor, Municipality of Targovishte
Mr. Vladimir MOSKOVMayor, Municipality of Gotze Delchev
Mr. Orhan MUMUNMayor, Municipality of Mineralni Bani
Ms. Detelina NIKOLOVAMayor, Municipality of Dobrich
Ms. Penka PENKOVAMayor, Municipality of Lom
Mr. Georgi SLAVOVMayor, Municipality of Yambol
Mr. Bozhidar YOTOVMayor, Municipality of Ruse
Mr. Zlatko ZHIVKOVMayor, Municipality of Montana
Pan Pavel BÉMPrimátor hlavního města Prahy
RNDr. Jiří BYTELStarosta obce Velká Hleďsebe
Pan Stanislav EICHLERHejtman Libereckého kraje
Mgr. Jan KUBATAPrimátor města Ústí nad Labem
Paní Helena LANGŠÁDLOVÁMístostarostka města Černošce
Pan Roman LÍNEKNáměstek hejtmana Pardubického kraje
Pan Josef NOVOTNÝHejtman Karlovarského kraje
Ing. Petr OSVALDZastupitel města Plzeň
Pan Jaroslav PALASHejtman Moravskoslezského kraje
Mgr. Juraj THOMAPrimátor města České Budějovice
Paní Jana VAŇHOVÁHejtmanka Ústeckého kraje
Pan Jiří ZIMOLAHejtman Jihočeského kraje
Hr. Knud Elmer ANDERSENRegionsrådsmedlem
Hr. Per BØDKER ANDERSENByrådsmedlem
Hr. Jens Christian GJESINGBorgmester
Hr. Jens Arne HEDEGAARD JENSENByrådsmedlem
Hr. Henning JENSENBorgmester
Fru Tove LARSENBorgmester
Hr. Henrik Ringbæk MADSENRegionrådsmedlem
Hr. Jens Jørgen NYGAARDByrådsmedlem
Hr. Karsten Uno PETERSENRegionrådsmedlem
Frau Nicola BEERHessische Staatssekretärin für Europaangelegenheiten
Herr Ralf CHRISTOFFERSMinister für Wirtschaft und Europaangelegenheiten des Landes Brandenburg
Herr Wolfgang GIBOWSKIStaatssekretär, Bevollmächtigter des Landes Niedersachsen beim Bund
Herr Rolf HARLINGHAUSEN MdLMitglied der Hamburgischen Bürgerschaft (Landtag)
Frau Monika HELBIGBevollmächtigte beim Bund und Europabeauftragte des Landes Berlin
Herr Niclas HERBST MdLMitglied des Landtages von Schleswig-Holstein
Herr Helmut M. JAHNLandrat des Hohenlohekreises
Herr Werner JOSTMEIER MdLMitglied des Landtages von Nordrhein-Westfalen
Herr Norbert KARTMANN MdLMitglied des Hessischen Landtages
Dr. Kerstin KIESSLERStaatsrätin, Mitglied des Senats der Freien Hansestadt Bremen
Dr. Karl-Heinz KLÄRBevollmächtigter des Landes Rheinland-Pfalz beim Bund und für Europa
Herr Dieter KLÖCKNER MdLMitglied des Landtages Rheinland-Pfalz
Frau Uta-Maria KUDERJustizministerin des Landes Mecklenburg-Vorpommern
Herr Heinz LEHMANN MdLMitglied des Sächsischen Landtags
Dr. Jürgen MARTENSSächsischer Staatsminister der Justiz und für Europa
Herr Heinz MAURUSBevollmächtigter des Landes Schleswig-Holstein beim Bund, Staatssekretär
Frau Martina MICHELS MdLMitglied des Abgeordnetenhauses von Berlin
Frau Emilia MÜLLERBayerische Staatsministerin für Bundes- und Europaangelegenheiten
Herr Peter MÜLLER MdLMinisterpräsident des Saarlandes
Herr Dr. Holger POPPENHAEGERJustizminister des Freistaates Thüringen
Prof. Dr. Wolfgang REINHART MdLMitglied des Landtags von Baden-Württemberg
Dr. hc. Petra ROTHOberbürgermeisterin der Stadt Frankfurt am Main
Dr. Michael SCHNEIDERStaatssekretär, Bevollmächtigter des Landes Sachsen-Anhalt beim Bund
Herr Hans-Josef VOGELBürgermeister der Stadt Arnsberg
Mr. Väino HALLIKMÄGIMember of Pärnu City Council
Mr. Kaido KAASIKMayor of Valjala Rural Municipality Government
Mr. Teet KALLASVEEMember of Haapsalu City Council
Mr. Kurmet MÜÜRSEPPMember of Antsla Rural Municipality Council
Mr. Jüri PIHLVice- Mayor of Tallinn City Government
Mr. Uno SILBERGMember of Kose Rural Municipality Council
Mr. Toomas VITSUTChairman of Tallinn City Council
Θεόδωρος ΓΚΟΤΣΟΠΟΥΛΟΣΔημοτικός Σύμβουλος Παλλήνης Αττικής
Γρηγόριος ΖΑΦΕΙΡΟΠΟΥΛΟΣΔήμαρχος Χαλανδρίου Αττικής
Νικήτας ΚΑΚΛΑΜΑΝΗΣΔήμαρχος Αθηναίων
Γεώργιος ΠΑΠΑΣΤΕΡΓΙΟΥΝομάρχης Πιερίας
Ιωάννης ΣΓΟΥΡΟΣΝομάρχης Αθηνών
Κωνσταντίνος ΣΙΜΙΤΣΗΣΔήμαρχος Καβάλας
Ευαγγελία ΣΧΟΙΝΑΡΑΚΗ-ΗΛΙΑΚΗΝομάρχης Ηρακλείου Κρήτης
Κωνσταντίνος ΤΑΤΣΗΣΠρόεδρος Διευρυμένης Ν.Α. Ξάνθης-Δράμας-Καβάλας
Κωνσταντίνος ΤΖΑΤΖΑΝΗΣΝομαρχιακός Σύμβουλος Πειραιά
Δημήτριος ΤΣΙΓΚΟΥΝΗΣΔήμαρχος Λεωνιδίου Αρκαδίας
Ανδρέας ΦΟΥΡΑΣΔήμαρχος Πατρέων
Παναγιώτης ΨΩΜΙΑΔΗΣΝομάρχης Θεσσαλονίκης
D.aEsperanza AGUIRRE GIL DE BIEDMAPresidenta de la Comunidad Autónoma de Madrid
D. Vicente Alberto ÁLVAREZ ARECESPresidente de la Comunidad Autónoma del Principado de Asturias
D. Francesc ANTICH OLIVERPresidente de la Comunidad Autónoma de Illes Balears
D.aRita BARBERÁ NOLLAAlcaldesa de Valencia
D. José María BARREDA FONTESPresidente de la Comunidad Autónoma de Castilla-La Mancha
D. Francisco CAMPS ORTIZPresidente de la Comunitat Valenciana.
D. Pedro CASTRO VÁZQUEZAlcalde de Getafe
D. Guillermo FERNÁNDEZ VARAPresidente de la Junta de Extremadura
D.aDolores GOROSTIAGA SAIZVicepresidenta de la Comunidad Autónoma de Cantabria y Consejera de Empleo y Bienestar Social
D. Jose Antonio GRIÑÁN MARTÍNEZPresidente de la Junta de Andalucía
D. Jordi HEREU I BOHERAlcalde de Barcelona
D. Juan Vicente HERRERA CAMPOPresidente de la Comunidad Autónoma de Castilla y León
D. Marcelino IGLESIAS RICOUPresidente del Gobierno de Aragón
D. Francisco Javier LOPEZ ALVAREZLehendakari del Gobierno Vasco
D. José MONTILLA AGUILERAPresidente de la Generalitat de Catalunya
D. Alberto NÚÑEZ FEIJÓOPresidente de la Xunta de Galicia
D. Paulino RIVERO BAUTEPresidente del Gobierno de Canarias
D. Alberto RUIZ-GALLARDÓN JIMÉNEZMandato: Alcalde de Madrid
D. Pedro María SANZ ALONSOPresidente del Gobierno de La Rioja
D. Miguel SANZ SESMAPresidente del Gobierno de Navarra
D. Ramón Luis VALCÁRCEL SISOPresidente de la Comunidad Autónoma de la Región de Murcia
M. Jacques BLANCMaire de La Canourgue
Mme Danièle BOEGLINPremière Vice-présidente du Conseil général de l'Aube
M. Jean-Paul BOREPremier Vice-président du Conseil régional du Languedoc-Roussillon
M. Bruno BOURG-BROCMaire de Châlons en Champagne
Mme. Claudette BRUNET-LECHENAULTVice-présidente du Conseil général de Saône et Loire
M. François COMMEINHESMaire de Sète
M. Michel DELEBARREMaire de Dunkerque
M. Jean-Louis DESTANSPrésident du Conseil général de l'Eure
Mme Claude du GRANRUTConseillère régionale de Picardie
M. Pierre HUGONVice-président du Conseil général de la Lozère
M. Jean-Louis JOSEPHMaire de la Bastidonne
Mme Anne-Marie KEISERVice-présidente du Conseil général de Gironde
M. Jean-Yves LE DRIANPrésident du Conseil régional de Bretagne
M. Alain LE VERNPrésident du Conseil régional de Haute-Normandie
M. Pierre MAILLEPrésident du Conseil général du Finistère
M. Daniel PERCHERONPrésident du Conseil régional du Nord-Pas-de-Calais
M. Jean-Vincent PLACEConseiller régional de l'Ile-de-France
M. Jean PRORIOLConseiller régional d'Auvergne
M. Camille de ROCCA SERRAPrésident de l'Assemblée de Corse
M. Christophe ROUILLONMaire de Coulaines
M. Alain ROUSSETPrésident du Conseil régional d'Aquitaine
M. Ange SANTINIPrésident du Conseil exécutif de la Collectivité Territoriale de Corse
M. René SOUCHONPrésident du Conseil régional d'Auvergne
M. Bernard SOULAGEPremier Vice-président du Conseil régional de Rhône-Alpes
Sig. Antonio BASSOLINOPresidente della Regione Campania
Sig.ra Mercedes BRESSOPresidente della Regione Piemonte
Sig. Claudio BURLANDOPresidente della Regione Liguria
Sig. Ugo CAPPELLACCIPresidente della Regione Sardegna
Sig. Giuseppe CASTIGLIONEPresidente della Provincia di Catania
Sig. Luciano CAVERIConsigliere regionale della Regione Valle d'Aosta
Sig. Sergio CHIAMPARINOSindaco del Comune di Torino
Sig. Giovanni CHIODIPresidente della Regione Abruzzo
Sig.ra Maria Luisa COPPOLAAssessore e Consigliere regionale della Regione Veneto
Sig. Luis DURNWALDERConsigliere regionale/Presidente Provincia autonoma di Bolzano
Sig. Giorgio GRANELLOSindaco del Comune di Ponzano Veneto
Sig. Agazio LOIEROPresidente della Regione Calabria
Sig. Claudio MARTINIPresidente della Regione Toscana
Sig.ra Sonia MASINIPresidente della Provincia di Reggio Emilia
Sig. Graziano MILIAPresidente della Provincia di Cagliari
Sig. Francesco MUSOTTODeputato dell'Assemblea Regionale Siciliana
Sig. Roberto PELLAConsigliere del Comune di Valdengo
Sig. Massimo PINESCHIConsigliere della Regione Lazio
Sig. Savino Antonio SANTARELLASindaco del Comune di Candela
Sig. Vito SANTARSIEROSindaco del Comune di Potenza
Sig. Gian Mario SPACCAPresidente della Regione Marche
Sig. Nicola VENDOLAPresidente della Regione Puglia
Sig. Riccardo VENTREConsigliere del Comune di Caserta
Sig.ra Marta VINCENZISindaco del Comune di Genova
Γεώργιος ΓΕΩΡΓΙΟΥΔήμαρχος Κάτω Πολεμιδιών
Σάββας ΗΛΙΟΦΩΤΟΥΔήμαρχος Στροβόλου
Χριστόδουλος Κώστα ΚΑΤΤΙΡΤΖΗΠρόεδρος Κοινοτικού Συμβουλίου Κάτω Ζώδιας
Ελένη ΛΟΥΚΑΪΔΟΥΔημοτικός Σύμβουλος Λευκωσίας
Χρίστος ΜΕΣΗΣΔήμαρχος Μέσα Γειτονιάς
Ευγένιος ΜΙΧΑΗΛΠρόεδρος Κοινοτικού Συμβουλίου Ομόδους
Andris JAUNSLEINISLatvijas Pašvaldību savienības priekšsēdis
Guntars KRIEVIŅŠLiepājas pilsētas domes deputāts
Aleksandrs LIELMEŽSMālpils novada domes priekšsēdētājs
Jānis NEIMANISGrobiņas novada domes priekšsēdētāja vietnieks
Indra RASSASaldus novada domes priekšsēdētāja
Leonīds SALCEVIČSJēkabpils pilsētas domes priekšsēdētājs
Ainārs ŠLESERSRīgas domes priekšsēdētāja vietnieks
Arnoldas ABRAMAVIČIUSZarasų rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Vytas APUTISKazlų rūdos savivaldybės tarybos narys
Andrius KUPČINSKASKauno miesto savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Virginijus KOMSKISPagėgių savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Ričardas MALINAUSKASDruskininkų savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Daiva MATONIENĖŠiaulių miesto savivaldybės tarybos narė (mero pavaduotoja)
Gediminas PAVIRŽISVilniaus rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys
Povilas ŽAGUNISPanevėžio rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Odeta ŽERLAUSKIENĖSkuodo rajono savivaldybės tarybos narė (mero pavaduotoja)
Mme Simone BEISSELEchevin de la Ville de Luxembourg
Mme Agnès DURDUMembre du conseil communal de Wincrange
M. Dan KERSCHBourgmestre de la commune de Mondercange
M. Albert LENTZEchevin de la commune de Mersch
M. Paul-Henri MEYERSMembre du conseil communal de Luxembourg
M. Marc SCHAEFERMembre du conseil communal de Vianden
Ferenc BENKŐTiszaladány község polgármestere
Gábor BIHARYBudapest Főváros Közgyűlésének tagja
György GÉMESI dr.Gödöllő város polgármestere
György IPKOVICH dr.Szombathely Megyei Jogú Város polgármestere
Attila JÓSZAISzigetszentmiklós város képviselő-testületének tagja
Csaba MOLNÁR dr.Győr-Moson-Sopron Megyei Közgyűlés tagja
Sándor NAGYKistelek város polgármestere
József RIBÁNYITamási város polgármestere
István SÉRTŐ-RADICS dr.Uszka község polgármestere
Gyula SZABÓHeves Megyei Közgyűlés tagja
András SZALAY dr.Veszprém Megyei Jogú Város Közgyűlésének tagja
Zoltán VARGABékés Megyei Közgyűlés tagja
Ms. Claudette ABELA BALDACCHINODeputy Mayor of Qrendi
Dr. Samuel AZZOPARDIMayor of Victoria, Gozo
Mr. Michael COHENMayor of Kalkara
Mr. Joseph CORDINAMayor of Xagħra, Gozo
Dr. Malcolm MIFSUDMayor of Pietà
Dhr A. (Ahmed) ABOUTALEBBurgemeester(mayor) of the city of Rotterdam
Dhr J.H. (Rob) BATSGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Drenthe
Dhr D. (Dick) BUURSINKGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Overijssel
Mevr. H.M.C. (Lenie) DWARSHUIS – VAN DE BEEKGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Zuid-Holland
Dhr L.J.P.M. (Léon) FRISSENCommissaris van de Koningin(Governor: chair of the Council and of the Executive Council) of the Province of Limburg
Mevr. A. (Annemarie) JORRITSMA-LEBBINKBurgemeester(mayor) of the city of Almere
Mevr. R. (Rinske) KRUISINGAGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Noord-Holland
Dhr C.H.J. (Cor) LAMERSBurgemeester(mayor) of the municipality of Houten
Mevr. K.M.H. (Karla) PEIJSCommissaris van de Koningin(Governor: chair of the council and of the executive council) of the province of Zeeland
Dhr A.G.J.M. (Ton) ROMBOUTSBurgemeester(mayor) of the city of 's Hertogenbosch
Dhr G.A.A. (Bas) VERKERKBurgemeester(mayor) of the city of Delft
Mevr. L.M.B.C. (Luzette) WAGENAAR-KROONWethouder(alderman: member of the executive council) of the municipality of Drechterland
Herr Gerhard DÖRFLERLandeshauptmann von Kärnten
Dr. Michael HÄUPLBürgermeister und Landeshauptmann von Wien
Herr Erwin MOHRMitglied des Gemeinderats von Wolfurt
Herr Hans NIESSLLandeshauptmann von Burgenland
Herr Johannes PEINSTEINERBürgermeister von St. Wolfgang im Salzkammergut
Dr. Erwin PRÖLLLandeshauptmann von Niederösterreich
Dr. Josef PÜHRINGERLandeshauptmann von Oberösterreich
Dr. Herbert SAUSGRUBERLandeshauptmann von Vorarlberg
Dr. Heinz SCHADENBürgermeister der Stadt Salzburg
Dr. Franz SCHAUSBERGERBeauftragter des Landes Salzburg für den Ausschuss der Regionen
DDr. Herwig VAN STAAPräsident des Landtags von Tirol
Mag. Franz VOVESLandeshauptmann der Steiermark
Jacek CZERNIAKPrzewodniczący Sejmiku Województwa Lubelskiego
Konstanty DOMBROWICZPrezydent Miasta Bydgoszcz
Marcin JABŁOŃSKIMarszałek Województwa Lubuskiego
Adam JARUBASMarszałek Województwa Świętokrzyskiego
Lech JAWORSKIRadny m.st. Warszawy
Maciej KOBYLIŃSKIPrezydent Miasta Słupsk
Jan KOZŁOWSKIMarszałek Województwa Pomorskiego
Witold KROCHMALBurmistrz Miasta i Gminy Wołów
Jerzy KROPIWNICKIPrezydent Miasta Łodzi
Marek NAWARAMarszałek Województwa Małopolskiego
Jacek PROTASMarszałek Województwa Warmińsko-Mazurskiego
Józef SEBESTAMarszałek Województwa Opolskiego
Adam STRUZIKMarszałek Województwa Mazowieckiego
Bogusław ŚMIGIELSKIMarszałek Województwa Śląskiego
Stanisław SZWABSKIPrzewodniczący Rady Miasta Gdynia
Leszek ŚWIĘTALSKIWójt Gminy Stare Bogaczowice
Marek TRAMŚStarosta Polkowicki
Ludwik WĘGRZYNRadny Powiatu Bocheńskiego
Marek WOŹNIAKMarszałek Województwa Wielkopolskiego
Tadeusz WRONAPrezydent Miasta Częstochowa
Jerzy ZAJĄKAŁAWójt Gminy Łubianka
Exmo. Sr. Manuel Joaquim BARATA FREXESPresidente da Câmara Municipal do Fundão
Exmo. Sr. Alberto João CARDOSO GONÇALVES JARDIMPresidente do Governo Regional da Madeira
Exmo. Sr. José Macário Custódio CORREIAPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Faro
Exmo. Sr. Rui Fernando DA SILVA RIOPresidente da Câmara Municipal do Porto
Exmo. Sr. Fernando DE CARVALHO RUASPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Viseu
Exmo. Sr. Carlos Manuel MARTINS DO VALE CÉSARPresidente do Governo Regional dos Açores
Exmo. Sr. José Luís PEREIRA CARNEIROPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Baião
Exmo. Sr. Carlos Alberto PINTOPresidente da Câmara Municipal da Covilhã
Exmo. Sr. Joaquim Moreira RAPOSOPresidente da Câmara Municipal da Amadora
Exmo. Sr. Carlos Manuel RODRIGUES PINTO DE SÁPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Montemor-o-Novo
Exmo. Sr. António Luís SANTOS DA COSTAPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Lisboa
Exmo. Sr. Francisco SOARES MESQUITA MACHADOPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Braga
Dl Cristian ANGHELPrimarul municipiului Baia Mare, județul Maramureș
Dl Decebal ARNĂUTUPrimarul orașului Târgu Neamț, județul Neamț
Dl Mircea COSMAPreședintele Consiliului Județean Prahova
Dl Emil DRĂGHICIPrimarul comunei Vulcana Băi, județul Dâmbovița
Dl Gheorghe FALCĂPrimarul municipiului Arad, județul Arad
Dl Răducu George FILIPESCUPreședintele Consiliului Județean Călărași
Dna Veronica IONIȚĂPrimarul comunei Gorgota, județul Prahova
Dna Edita Emöke LOKODIPreședintele Consiliului Județean Mureș
Dl Alin Adrian NICAPrimarul comunei Dudeștii Noi, județul Timiș
Dl Constantin OSTAFICIUCPreședintele Consiliului Județean Timiș
Dl Tudor PENDIUCPrimarul municipiului Pitești, județul Argeș
Dl Ion PRIOTEASAPreședintele Consiliului Județean Dolj
Dl Emil PROȘCANPrimarul orașului Mizil, județul Prahova
Dl Vasile SAVAPrimarul orașului Țăndărei, județul Ialomița
Dl Gheorghe Bunea STANCUPreședintele Consiliului Județean Brăila
Mr Aleš ČERINPodžupan Mestne občine Ljubljana
Ms Irena MAJCENŽupanja Občine Slovenska Bistrica
Mr Franci ROKAVECŽupan Občine Litija
Mr Anton Tone SMOLNIKARŽupan Občine Kamnik
Mr Robert SMRDELJŽupan Občine Pivka
Ms Jasmina VIDMARČlanica mestnega sveta Mestne občine Maribor
Mr Franci VOVKŽupan Občine Dolenjske Toplice
Pán Milan BELICAPredseda Nitrianskeho samosprávneho kraja
Pán Juraj BLANÁRPredseda Žilinského samosprávneho kraja
Pán Andrej ĎURKOVSKÝPrimátor hl. mesta Bratislava
Pán Peter CHUDÍKPredseda Prešovského samosprávneho kraja
Pán František KNAPÍKPrimátor mesta Košice
Pán Ján ORAVECPrimátor mesta Štúrovo
Pán Pavol SEDLÁČEKPredseda Trenčianskeho samosprávneho kraja
Pán Zdenko TREBUĽAPredseda Košického samosprávneho kraja
Pán István ZACHARIÁŠPrimátor mesta Moldava nad Bodvou
Pauliina HAIJANENLaitilan kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Sirpa HERTELLEspoon kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Anne KARJALAINENKeravan kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Veikko KUMPUMÄKIKemin kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Antti LIIKKANENRovaniemen kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Markku MARKKULAEspoon kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Ossi MARTIKAINENLapinlahden kunnanvaltuuston jäsen
Folke SJÖLUNDAhvenanmaan maakuntapäivien jäsen
Satu TIETARISäkylän kunnanvaltuuston jäsen
Mr Uno ALDEGRENLedamot i regionfullmäktige, Skåne läns landsting
Ms Kristina ALVENDALLedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Stockholms kommun
Ms Lotta HÅKANSSON HARJULedamot av kommunfullmäktige, Järfälla kommun
Mr Kent JOHANSSONLedamot i regionfullmäktige, Västra Götalands läns landsting
Mr Anders KNAPELedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Karlstads kommun
Mr Paul LINDQUISTLedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Lidingö kommun
Ms Monalisa NORRMANLedamot i landstingsfullmäktige, Jämtlands läns landsting
Mr Ilmar REEPALULedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Malmö kommun
Ms Yoomi RENSTRÖMLedamot av kommunfullmäktige, Ovanåkers kommun
Ms Catarina SEGERSTEN-LARSSONLedamot i landstingsfullmäktige, Värmlands läns landsting
Ms Annelie STARKLedamot i regionfullmäktige, Västra Götalands läns landsting
Ms Maria WALLHAGER NECKMANLedamot av landstingsfullmäktige, Stockholms läns landsting
Cllr Doris ANSARIMember of Cornwall Council
Cllr Jonathan BELLMember of Ards Borough Council
Cllr Sir Albert BOREMember of Birmingham City Council
Cllr Robert BRIGHTMember of Newport City Council
Cllr Amanda BYRNEMember of Calderdale Metropolitan Borough Council
Christine CHAPMAN AMMember of the National Assembly for Wales
Cllr Flo CLUCASMember of Liverpool City Council
Sir Simon DAYMember of Devon County Council
Cllr Roger EVANS AMMember of the Greater London Assembly
Cllr Linda GILLHAMMember of Runneymede Borough Council
Cllr Gordon KEYMER CBEMember of Tandridge District Council
Cllr Roger KNOXMember of East Lothian Council
Cllr Iain MALCOLMMember of South Tyneside Metropolitan Borough Council
Mr Stewart MAXWELL MSPMember of the Scottish Parliament
Cllr Corrie MCCHORDMember of Stirling
Francie MOLLOY MLAMember of the Northern Ireland Assembly
Ms Irene OLDFATHER MSPMember of the Scottish Parliament
Cllr David PARSONSMember of Leicestershire County Council
Cllr Judith PEARCEMember of Wychavon District Council
Cllr David SIMMONDSMember of London Borough of Hillingdon
Cllr Neil SWANNICKMember of Manchester City Council
Cllr the Lord (Graham) TOPE CBEMember of the London Borough of Sutton
Cllr Kay TWITCHENMember of Essex County Council
Cllr Dave WILCOXMember of Derbyshire County Council
De heer Ludwig CALUWÉVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
Monsieur Emmanuel DISABATOMembre du Parlement wallon
De heer Marc HENDRICKXVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
Monsieur Alain HUTCHINSONMembre du Parlement de la Région de Bruxelles-Capitale
Monsieur Michel de LAMOTTEMembre du Parlement de la Communauté française
Mevrouw Fientje MOERMANVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
Mevrouw Fatma PEHLIVANVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
Monsieur Yaron PESZTATMembre du Parlement de la Région de Bruxelles-Capitale
Mevrouw Sabine POLEYNVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
De heer Luckas VAN DER TAELENVlaams volksvertegenwoordiger
De heer Jean-Luc VANRAESMinister van de Brusselse Hoofdstedelijke Regering
Madame Olga ZRIHENMembre du Parlement wallon
Mr. Ahmed AHMEDOVMayor, Municipality of Tsar Kaloyan
Mr. Ivo ANDONOVMayor, Municipality of Silistra
Mr. Ivan ASPARUHOVMayor, Municipality of Mezdra
Mr. Stanislav BLAGOVMayor, Municipality of Svishtov
Ms. Shukran IDRIZMayor, Municipality of Kirkovo
Mr. Krasimir KOSTOVMayor, Municipality of Shumen
Ms. Malina LAZAROVAMunicipal Councilor, Municipality of Sofia
Mr. Veselin LICHEVMayor, Municipality of Sopot
Mr. Rumen RASHEVMayor, Municipality of Veliko Tarnovo
Mr. Emil NAYDENOVMayor, Municipality of Gorna Malina
Mr. Svetlin TANCHEVMayor, Municipality of Stara Zagora
Mr. Nayden ZELENOGORSKIMayor, Municipality of Pleven
Pan Jiří BĚHOUNEKHejtman kraje Vysočina
Bc. Jana ČERMÁKOVÁMístostarostka obce Proboštov
Ing. Ivana ČERVINKOVÁStarostka města Kostelec n. Orlicí
Mgr. Tomáš CHALUPAStarosta městské části Praha 6
Paní Milada EMMEROVÁHejtmanka Plzeňského kraje
Pan Lubomír FRANCHejtman Královéhradeckého kraje
Ing. Sylva KOVÁČIKOVÁStarostka města Bílovec
Pan Radko MARTÍNEKHejtman Pardubického kraje
Pan Stanislav MIŠÁKHejtman Zlínského kraje
Pan David RATHHejtman Středočeského kraje
Pan Martin TESAŘÍKHejtman Olomouckého kraje
Mgr. Tomáš ÚLEHLARadní města Zlín
Hr. Bo ANDERSENByrådsmedlem
Hr. Jan BOYEByrådsmedlem
Hr. Bent HANSENRegionrådsformand og Formand for Danske Regioner
Hr. Carl HOLSTRegionsrådsformand
Hr. Bent LARSENRegionrådsmedlem
Fru Jane Findahl LINDSKOVByrådsmedlem
Hr. Erik Bent NIELSENBorgmester
Hr. Simon Mønsted STRANGEByrådsmedlem
Hr. Johnny SØTRUPBorgmester
Herr Dietmar BROCKES MdLMitglied des Landtages von Nordrhein-Westfalen
Frau Hella DUNGER-LÖPERStaatssekretärin für Stadtentwicklung des Landes Berlin,
Herr Rolf FISCHER MdLMitglied des Landtages von Schleswig-Holstein
Herr Michael GWOSDZ MdLMitglied der Hamburgischen Bürgerschaft (Landtag)
Herr Heinz-Joachim HÖFERBürgermeister der Stadt Altenkirchen
Herr Wilhelm HOGREFE MdLMitglied des Landtages von Niedersachsen
Herr Dr. Ekkehard KLUGMinister für Bildung und Kultur des Landes Schleswig-Holstein,
Frau Jacqueline KRAEGEStaatssekretärin im Ministerium für Umwelt, Forsten und Verbraucherschutz des Landes Rheinland-Pfalz
Dr. Hermann KUHN MdBBMitglied der Bremischen Bürgerschaft (Landtag)
Herr Clemens LINDEMANNLandrat des Saarpfalz-Kreises
Prof. Ursula MÄNNLE MdLMitglied des Bayerischen Landtags
Frau Nicole MORSBLECH MdLMitglied des Landtages Rheinland-Pfalz
Frau Dagmar MÜHLENFELDOberbürgermeisterin der Stadt Mülheim an der Ruhr
Herr Detlef MÜLLER MdLMitglied des Landtages Mecklenburg-Vorpommern
Herr Manfred RICHTER MdLMitglied des Landtags von Brandenburg
Dr. Michael REUTER MdLMitglied des Hessischen Landtages
Herr Peter SCHOWTKA MdLMitglied des Sächsischen Landtags
Herr Peter STRAUB MdLPräsident des Landtags von Baden-Württemberg
Herr Tilman TÖGEL MdLMitglied des Landtages von Sachsen-Anhalt
Herr Stephan TOSCANI MdLMitglied des Landtages des Saarlandes
Herr Mark WEINMEISTERStaatssekretär im hessischen Ministerium für Umwelt, Energie, Landwirtschaft und Verbraucherschutz
Herr Roland WERNERStaatssekretär im sächsischen Ministerium für Wirtschaft und Arbeit,
Herr Frank ZIMMERMANN MdLMitglied des Abgeordnetenhauses von Berlin
Ms. Urve ERIKSONChairperson of Tudulinna Rural Municipality Council
Mr. Juri GOTMANSMember of Sõmerpalu Rural Municipality Council
Mr. Andres JAADLAVice- Chairman of Rakvere City Council
Ms. Saima KALEVMember of Jõgeva Rural Municipality Council
Ms. Kersti KÕOSAARMember of Võru City Council
Mrs. Kersti SARAPUUMayor of Paide City Government
Ms. Kadri TILLEMANNMayor of Keila Rural Municipality Government
ΔΡΑΚΟΣ ΔημήτριοςΝομάρχης Μεσσηνίας
ΚΑΛΟΓΕΡΟΠΟΥΛΟΣ ΔημήτριοςΔήμαρχος Αιγάλεω Αττικής
ΚΑΤΣΑΡΟΣ ΛουκάςΝομάρχης Λάρισας
ΚΛΑΠΑΣ ΜιλτιάδηςΔήμαρχος Πρέβεζας
ΚΟΝΤΟΓΙΩΡΓΟΣ ΚωνσταντίνοςΝομάρχης Ευρυτανίας
ΚΟΤΡΟΝΙΑΣ ΓεώργιοςΔήμαρχος Λαμιέων
ΚΟΥΡΑΚΗΣ ΙωάννηςΔήμαρχος Ηρακλείου Κρήτης
ΛΑΜΠΡΙΝΟΥΔΗΣ ΠολύδωροςΝομάρχης Χίου
ΜΑΧΑΙΡΙΔΗΣ ΙωάννηςΝομάρχης Δωδεκανήσου
ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΙΔΗΣ ΠαναγιώτηςΔήμαρχος Άρτας
ΠΡΕΒΕΖΑΝΟΣ ΔημήτριοςΔημοτικός Σύμβουλος Δήμου Σκιάθου Νομού Μαγνησίας
ΣΠΥΡΙΔΩΝ ΣπύροςΝομαρχιακός Σύμβουλος Αθηνών — Πειραιώς
D. Gabriel AMER AMERDelegado del Gobierno de las Illes Balears en Bruselas
DaMaría Luisa ARAÚJO CHAMORROVicepresidenta de la Junta de Comunidades de Castilla-La Mancha y Consejera de Economía y Hacienda
D.aElsa María CASAS CABELLOComisionada de Acción Exterior del Gobierno de Canarias
D. Alberto CATALÁN HIGUERASConsejero de Educación, y de Relaciones Institucionales y Portavoz del Gobierno de Navarra
DaMaría DE DIEGO DURÁNTEZDirectora General de Relaciones Institucionales y Acción Exterior de la Comunidad Autónoma de Castilla y León
D. Francisco DE LA TORRE PRADOAlcalde de Málaga
D. Emilio DEL RÍO SANZConsejero de Presidencia del Gobierno de La Rioja
D. Guillermo ECHENIQUE GONZÁLEZSecretario General de Acción Exterior del Gobierno vasco
Da. Paz FERNÁNDEZ FELGUEROSOAlcaldesa de Gijón
D. Jesús María GAMALLO ALLERDirector General de Relaciones Exteriores y con la Unión Europea de la Xunta de Galicia
D. Alberto GARCIA CERVIÑODirector General de Asuntos Europeos y Cooperación al Desarrollo de la Comunidad Autónoma de Cantabria
D. Antonio GONZÁLEZ TEROLDirector General de Asuntos Europeos y Cooperación con el Estado de la Comunidad Autónoma de Madrid
D. Francisco Javier LEÓN DE LA RIVAAlcalde de Valladolid
D. Miguel LUCENA BARRANQUEROSecretario General de Acción Exterior de la Junta de Andalucía
D.aLucía MARTÍN DOMÍNGUEZDirectora General de Acción exterior de la Junta de Extremadura
D.aEsther MONTERRUBIO VILLARComisionada para las Relaciones Exteriores del Gabinete de la Presidencia del Gobierno de Aragón
D. Juan Antonio MORALES RODRÍGUEZDirector General de Relaciones Institucionales y Acción Exterior de la Comunidad Autónoma de la Región de Murcia
D. Andrés OCAÑA RABADÁNAlcalde de Córdoba
D. Rafael RIPOLL NAVARROSecretario Autonómico de Cohesión Territorial, de Relaciones con el Estado y con la Unión Europea de la Comunitat Valenciana
D.aAnna TERRÓN CUSÍSecretaria para la Unión Europea de la Generalitat de Catalunya
D. Javier VELASCO MANCEBODirector de la Oficina de Representación del Principado de Asturias en Bruselas
M. Jacques AUXIETTEPrésident du Conseil régional des Pays-de-la-Loire
M. Jean-Paul BACHYPrésident du Conseil régional de Champagne-Ardenne
M. Pierre BERTRANDVice-président du Conseil général du Bas-Rhin
M. Philippe BODARDMaire de Mûrs-Erigné
Mme Martine CALDEROLI-LOTZConseillère régionale d’Alsace
Mme Anne-Marie COMPARINIConseillère régionale de Rhône-Alpes
M. Jean-Michel DACLINAdjoint au maire de Lyon
Mme Nassimah DINDARPrésident du Conseil général de l’Ile de La Réunion
Mme Rose-Marie FALQUEMaire d’Azerailles
M. Jean-Jacques FRITZConseiller régional d'Alsace
M. Claude GEWERCPrésident du Conseil régional de Picardie
Mme Arlette GROSSKOSTVice-présidente du Conseil régional d’Alsace
M. Antoine KARAMPrésident du Conseil régional de Guyane
Mme Mireille LACOMBEConseillère générale du Puy-de-Dôme
Mme Claudine LEDOUXMaire de Charleville-Mézières
M. Martin MALVYPrésident du Conseil régional Midi-Pyrénées
M. Didier MARIEPrésident du Conseil général de Seine-Maritime
M. Michel NEUGNOTConseiller régional de Bourgogne
M. Yves PAGESMaire de Saint-Georges
Mme Rachel PAILLARDMaire de Bouzy
Mme Gisèle STIEVENARDVice présidente du Conseil général de Paris
Mme Elisabeth THEVENON-DURANTINConseillère régionale d’Auvergne
M. Jean-Louis TOURENNEPrésident du Conseil général d’Ille-et-Vilaine
M. Michel VAUZELLEPrésident du Conseil régional Provence-Alpes-Côte-D’azur
Sig. Alvaro ANCISIConsigliere del Comune di Ravenna
Sig. Roberto BOMBARDAConsigliere regionale e provinciale della Provincia autonoma di Trento
Sig.ra Barbara BONINOConsigliere della Provincia di Torino
Sig.ra Carmela CASILEConsigliere del Comune di Giaveno
Sig. Francesco CHIUCCHIURLOTTOConsigliere del Comune di Castiglione in Teverina
Sig. Vito DE FILIPPOPresidente della Regione Basilicata
Sig. Francesco DE MICHELIConsigliere del Comune di Roma
Sig. Mario Sisto FERRANTEConsigliere della Provincia di Roma
Sig. Vincenzo LODOVISIConsigliere della Provincia di Rieti
Sig.ra Maria Rita LORENZETTIPresidente della Regione Umbria
Sig. Salvatore MANGIAFICOAssessore della Provincia di Siracusa
Sig. Matteo MAURIConsigliere della Provincia di Milano
Sig. Luigi MONTANAROSindaco del Comune di Ginosa
Sig.ra Maria Giuseppina MUZZARELLIVice Presidente e Assessore della Regione Emilia-Romagna
Sig. Umberto OPPUSSindaco del Comune di Mandas
Sig. Aristide PELIAssessore della Provincia di Brescia
Sig.ra Alessia ROSOLENConsigliere e Assessore della Regione Friuli Venezia Giulia
Sig.ra Federica SEGANTIAssessore della Regione Friuli Venezia Giulia
Sig. Fiorenzo SILVESTRIConsigliere della Provincia di Treviso
Sig. Sergio SOAVESindaco del Comune di Savigliano
Sig. Giuseppe VARACALLIConsigliere del Comune di Gerace
Sig. Gianfranco VITAGLIANOAssessore della Regione Molise
Sig. Angelo ZUBBANISindaco del Comune di Carrara
Sig. Sante ZUFFADAConsigliere regionale della Regione Lombardia
Χριστοφής ΑΝΤΩΝΙΟΥΠρόεδρος Κοινοτικού Συμβουλίου Επισκοπής
Δήμος ΓΙΑΓΚΟΥΠρόεδρος Κοινοτικού Συμβουλίου Αγίας Ειρήνης Κερύνειας
Ανδρέας ΜΩΥΣΕΩΣΔήμαρχος Λάρνακας, Αναπληρωτής
Χαράλαμπος ΠΙΤΤΑΣΔήμαρχος Μόρφου
Κώστας ΧΑΤΖΗΚΑΚΟΥΔημοτικός Σύμβουλος Αμμοχώστου
Κυριάκος ΧΑΤΖΗΤΤΟΦΗΣΔήμαρχος Αγίου Αθανασίου
Edvīns BARTKEVIČS k-gsOgres novada domes priekšsēdētājs
Inesis BOĶIS k-gsValmieras pilsētas domes priekšsēdētājs
Sergejs DOLGOPOLOVS k-gsRīgas domes Pilsētas attīstības komitejas priekšsēdētājs
Ligita GINTERE k-dzeJaunpils novada domes priekšsēdētāja
Nellija KLEINBERGA k-dzeSkrundas novada domes priekšsēdētāja
Jānis TRUPOVNIEKS k-gsBalvu novada domes priekšsēdētājs
Jānis VĪTOLIŅŠ k-gsVentspils pilsētas domes priekšsēdētāja pirmais vietnieks
Gintautas BABRAVIČIUSVilniaus miesto savivaldybės tarybos narys (mero pavaduotojas)
Algirdas BAGUŠINSKASVilkaviškio rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Donatas KAUBRYSTelšių rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys
Bronislovas LIUTKUSJonavos rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Robertas PIEČIATauragės rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Stasė SKUTULIENĖŠilutės rajono savivaldybės tarybos narė (mero pavaduotoja)
Viktor TROFIMOVPanevėžio regiono plėtros tarybos pirmininkas
Vytautas VIGELISŠvenčionių rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
Algirdas VRUBLIAUSKASAlytaus rajono savivaldybės tarybos narys (meras)
M. Roby BIWERBourgmestre de la commune de Bettembourg
M. Yves CRUCHTENMembre du conseil communal de Bascharage
M. Fernand ETGENBourgmestre de la commune de Feulen
M. Gusty GRAASMembre du conseil communal de Bettembourg
Mme Martine MERGENMembre du conseil communal de Luxembourg
M. Gilles ROTHBourgmestre de la commune de Mamer
László BÁKONYI dr.Debrecen Megyei Jogú Város Közgyűlésének tagja
István BÓKA dr.Balatonfüred város polgármestere
Attila KISSHajdúböszörmény város polgármestere
Károlyné KOCSISDunapataj község képviselő-testületének tagja
Helga MIHÁLYIBorsod-Abaúj-Zemplén Megyei Közgyűlés tagja
Árpád MOLNÁR dr.Balatonszabadi község polgármestere
Zoltán NAGYKomárom város képviselő-testületének tagja
József PAIZSSzigetvár város polgármestere
Imre SZAKÁCS dr.Győr-Moson-Sopron Megyei Közgyűlés elnöke
Szilárd SZÉKELYSásd város polgármestere
Kata Zsuzsanna TÜTTŐBudapest Főváros Közgyűlésének tagja
László József VÉCSEYSzada község polgármestere
Ms. Doris BORGDeputy Mayor of Birkirkara
Mr. Ian BORGMayor of Dingli
Mr. Fredrick CUTAJARMayor of Santa Luċija
Mr. Paul FARRUGIAMayor of Tarxien
Mr. Noel FORMOSAMayor of San Lawrenz, Gozo
Dhr J. (Joop) BINNEKAMPGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Utrecht
Dhr M.J. (Job) COHENBurgemeester(mayor) of the city of Amsterdam
Mevr. A.C. (Rinda) DEN BESTENWethouder(alderman: member of the executive council) of the city of Utrecht
Dhr H. (Harry) DIJKSMAGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Flevoland
Mevr. E.L.M. (Ellie) FRANSSENWethouder(alderman: member of the executive council) of the city of Voerendaal
Dhr S.H. (Sjoerd) GALEMAGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Fryslân
Dhr M.J. (Martin) JAGERGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Groningen
Dhr H. (Hans) KOKBurgemeester(mayor) of the municipality of 't Hof van Twente
Dhr H.P.M. (Henk) KOOLWethouder(alderman: member of the executive council) of the city of Den Haag
Dhr H.B.I. (Rik) DE LANGEWethouder(alderman: member of the executive council) of the municipality of Zutphen
Dhr Prof. Dr. W.B.H.J. VAN DE DONKCommissaris van de Koningin(Governor: chair of the council and of the executive council) of the Province of Brabant
Dhr J.C. (Co) VERDAASGedeputeerde(member of the Executive Council) of the Province of Gelderland
Mag. Renate BRAUNERVizebürgermeisterin und Landeshauptmann-Stellvertreterin von Wien
Mag. Gabriele BURGSTALLERLandeshauptfrau von Salzburg
Frau Marianne FÜGLVizebürgermeisterin der Marktgemeinde Traisen
Herr Markus LINHARTBürgermeister von Bregenz
Dr. Josef MARTINZMitglied der Kärntner Landesregierung
Mag. Johanna MIKL-LEITNERMitglied der niederösterreichischen Landesregierung
Herr Günther PLATTERLandeshauptmann von Tirol
Herr Walter PRIORPräsident des Burgenländischen Landtags
Herr Hermann SCHÜTZENHÖFERErster Landeshauptmann-Stellvertreter der Steiermark
Herr Viktor SIGLMitglied der Landesregierung von Oberösterreich
Frau Elisabeth VITOUCHMitglied des Gemeinderates von Wien
Mag. Markus WALLNERStellvertreter des Landeshauptmannes von Vorarlberg
Adam BANASZAKRadny Sejmiku Województwa Kujawsko-Pomorskiego
Jan BRONŚBurmistrz Miasta Oleśnicy
Lech DYMARSKIPrzewodniczący Sejmiku Województwa Wielkopolskiego
Jan DZIUBIŃSKIPrezydent Miasta Tarnobrzeg
Robert GODEKStarosta Strzyżowski
Władysław HUSEJKOMarszałek Województwa Zachodniopomorskiego
Michał KARALUSStarosta Pleszewski
Marzena KEMPIŃSKAStarosta Świecki
Józef KOTYŚRadny Sejmiku Województwa Opolskiego
Tadeusz KOWALCZYKPrzewodniczący Sejmiku Województwa Świętokrzyskiego
Andrzej KUNTBurmistrz Miasta Kostrzyn nad Odrą
Lucjan KUŹNIARRadny Sejmiku Województwa Podkarpackiego
Mirosław LECHWójt Gminy Korycin
Andrzej MATUSIEWICZPrzewodniczący Sejmiku Województwa Podkarpackiego
Marek OLSZEWSKIWójt Gminy Lubicz
Ewa PANASIUKRadna Sejmiku Województwa Lubelskiego
Elżbieta RUSIELEWICZRadna Miasta Bydgoszcz
Czesław SOBIERAJSKIRadny Sejmiku Województwa Śląskiego
Robert SOSZYŃSKIPrzewodniczący Sejmiku Województwa Mazowieckiego
Tadeusz TRUSKOLASKIPrezydent Miasta Białegostoku
Dariusz WRÓBELBurmistrz Opola Lubelskiego
Exmo. Sr. Américo Jaime AFONSO PEREIRAPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Vinhais
Exmo. Sr. Vítor Manuel CHAVES DE CARO PROENÇAPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Santiago do Cacém
Exmo. Sr. João Carlos CUNHA E SILVAVice-presidente do Governo Regional da Madeira
Exmo. Sr. Joaquim Carlos DIAS VALENTEPresidente da Câmara Municipal da Guarda
Exmo. Sr. André Jorge DIONÍSIO BRADFORDSecretário Regional da presidência do Governo Regional dos Açores
Exmo. Sr. Álvaro DOS SANTOS AMAROPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Gouveia
Exma. Sr.aDaIsaura Maria ELIAS CRISÓSTOMO BERNARDINO MORAISPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Rio Maior
Exmo. Sr. António Manuel LEITÃO BORGESPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Resende
Exmo. Sr. Carlos Manuel MARTA GONÇALVESPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Tondela
Exmo. Sr. António Jorge NUNESPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Bragança
Exmo. Sr. Jaime Carlos Marta SOARESPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Vila Nova de Poiares
Exmo. Sr. Aníbal SOUSA REIS COELHO DA COSTAPresidente da Câmara Municipal de Ferreira do Alentejo
Dl Silvian CIUPERCĂPreședintele Consiliului Județean Ialomița
Dl Árpád Szabolcs CSEHIPreședintele Consiliului Județean Satu Mare
Dl Alexandru DRĂGANPrimarul comunei Tașca, Județul Neamț
Dl Liviu Nicolae DRAGNEAPreședintele Consiliului Județean Teleorman
Dl Dumitru ENACHEPrimarul comunei Stejaru, Județul Tulcea
Dl Péter FERENCPrimarul orașului Sovata, Județul Mureș
Dl Gheorghe FLUTURPreședintele Consiliului Județean Suceava
Dna Mariana MIRCEAPrimarul orașului Cernavodă, Județul Constanța
Dl Mircea Ioan MOLOȚPreședintele Consiliului Județean Hunedoara
Dl Mircia MUNTEANPrimarul municipiului Deva, Județul Hunedoara
Dl Gheorghe NICHITAPrimarul municipiului Iași, Județul Iași
Dl Marian OPRIȘANPreședintele Consiliului Județean Vrancea
Dl George SCRIPCARUPrimarul municipiului Brașov, Județul Brașov
Dl Adrian Ovidiu TEBANPrimarul orașului Cugir, Județul Alba
Dna Ioana TRIFOIPrimarul comunei Botiza, Județul Maramureș
Dr. Štefan ČELANŽupan Mestne Občine Ptuj
Ga. Darja DELAČ FELDAPodžupanja Občine Kočevje
G. Siniša GERMOVŠEKČlan občinskega sveta Občine Bovec
G. Branko LEDINEKŽupan Občine Rače-Fram
Mag. Jure MEGLIČPodžupan Občine Tržič
G. Blaž MILAVECŽupan Občine Sodražica
G. Anton ŠTIHECŽupan Mestne Občine Murska Sobota
Pán Ján BLCHÁČPrimátor mesta Liptovský Mikuláš
Pán Remo CICUTTOPrimátor mesta Piešťany
Pán Pavol FREŠOPredseda Bratislavského samosprávneho kraja
Pán Milan FTÁČNIKStarosta mestskej časti Bratislava-Petržalka
Pán Pavel HAGYARIPrimátor mesta Prešov
Pán Andrej HRNČIARPrimátor mesta Martin
Pani Božena KOVÁČOVÁStarostka obce Janova Lehota
Pán Tibor MIKUŠPredseda Trnavského samosprávneho kraja
Pán Jozef PETUŠÍKStarosta obce Dolný Lopašov
Markus AALTONENSeinäjoen kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Ilpo HAALISTONousiaisten kunnanvaltuuston jäsen
Mårten JOHANSSONRaaseporin kaupunginjohtaja
Petri KALMINurmijärven kunnanvaltuuston jäsen
Britt LUNDBERGAhvenanmaan maakuntahallituksen jäsen
Hannele LUUKKAINENHelsingin kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Riitta MYLLERJoensuun kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Miikka SEPPÄLÄTampereen kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Katja SORRIJyväskylän kaupunginvaltuuston jäsen
Mr Carl Fredrik GRAFLedamot av kommunfullmäktige, Halmstads kommun
Ms Susanna HABYLedamot av kommunfullmäktige, Göteborgs kommun
Mr Tore HULTLedamot av kommunfullmäktige, Alingsås kommun
Mr Bernth JOHNSONLedamot i landstingsfullmäktige, Blekinge läns landsting
Ms Ewa-May KARLSSONLedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Vindelns kommun
Ms Ewa LINDSTRANDLedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Timrå Kommun
Ms Agneta LIPKINLedamot av landstingsfullmäktige, Norrbottens läns landsting
Mr Kenth LÖVGRENLedamot av kommunfullmäktige, Gävle kommun
Mr Jens NILSSONLedamot i kommunfullmäktige, Östersunds kommun
Ms Ingela NYLUND WATZLedamot av landstingsfullmäktige, Stockholms läns landsting
Mr Rolf SÄLLRYDLedamot av landstingsfullmäktige, Kronobergs läns landsting
Mr Carl-Johan SONESSONLedamot av regionfullmäktige, Skåne läns landsting
Ms Jennette ARNOLD AMMember of the Greater London Assembly
Cllr Paula BAKERMember of Basingstoke and Deane Council
Cllr Sandra BARNESMember of South Northamptonshire
Mr Ted BROCKLEBANK MSPMember of the Scottish Parliament
Cllr Nilgun CANVERMember of London Borough of Haringey
John DALLAT MLAMember of the Northern Ireland Assembly
Cllr Graham GARVIEMember of Scottish Borders Council
Cllr Arnold HATCHMember of Craigavon Borough Council
Cllr Martin HEATLEYMember of Warwickshire County Council
Cllr Chris HOLLEYMember of the City and County of Swansea
Cllr Doreen HUDDARTMember of Newcastle City Council
Cllr Herbert MANLEYMember of Cheshire West and Chester Council
Cllr Alan MELTONMember of Cambridgeshire County Council
Cllr Peter MOOREMember of Sheffield City Council
Cllr Sandy PARKMember of the Highland Council
Cllr Kathy POLLARDMember of Suffolk County Council
Cllr Mary ROBINSONMember of Eden District Council
Cllr David SHAKESPEAREMember of Buckinghamshire County Council
Mr Nicol STEPHEN MSPMember of the Scottish Parliament
Cllr Roger STONEMember of Rotherham Metropolitan Borough Council
Cllr Ann STRIBLEYMember of Poole Borough Council
Cllr Sharon TAYLORMember of Stevenage Borough Council
Rhodri Glyn THOMAS AMMember of the National Assembly for Wales
Cllr Peter THOMPSONMember of the London Borough of Hounslow
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Articles 300(3) and 305 thereof, in conjunction with Article 8 of the Protocol on Transitional Provisions annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and the Treaty on European Union,
Having regard to the proposals made by each Member State,
(1) Article 300(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union requires that members or alternate members of the Committee of the Regions, besides being representatives of regional or local bodies, ‘either hold a regional or local authority electoral mandate or are politically accountable to an elected assembly’,
(2) Article 305 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union provides for the members of the Committee and an equal number of alternate members to be appointed by the Council for five years in accordance with the proposals made by each Member State,
(3) Article 8 of the Protocol on Transitional Provisions sets out the allocation of members of the Committee of the Regions,
(4) As the term of office of the members and alternate members of the Committee of the Regions is due to expire on 25 January 2010, new members and alternate members should be appointed to the Committee of the Regions.
(5) This appointment will be followed at a later date by the appointment of the other members and alternate members whose nominations have not been communicated to the Council before 14 December 2009,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
The following are hereby appointed to the Committee of the Regions for the period from 26 January 2010 to 25 January 2015:
—
as members, the persons listed by Member State in Annex I,
—
as alternate members, the persons listed by Member State in Annex II.

Article 2
This Decision shall be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall take enter into force on the date of its adoption.

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, and in particular Articles 300(3) and 305 thereof, in conjunction with Article 8 of the Protocol on Transitional Provisions annexed to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and the Treaty on European Union,
Having regard to the proposals made by each Member State,
(1) Article 300(3) of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union requires that members or alternate members of the Committee of the Regions, besides being representatives of regional or local bodies, ‘either hold a regional or local authority electoral mandate or are politically accountable to an elected assembly’,
(2) Article 305 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union provides for the members of the Committee and an equal number of alternate members to be appointed by the Council for five years in accordance with the proposals made by each Member State,
(3) Article 8 of the Protocol on Transitional Provisions sets out the allocation of members of the Committee of the Regions,
(4) As the term of office of the members and alternate members of the Committee of the Regions is due to expire on 25 January 2010, new members and alternate members should be appointed to the Committee of the Regions.
(5) This appointment will be followed at a later date by the appointment of the other members and alternate members whose nominations have not been communicated to the Council before 14 December 2009,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
The following are hereby appointed to the Committee of the Regions for the period from 26 January 2010 to 25 January 2015:
—
as members, the persons listed by Member State in Annex I,
—
as alternate members, the persons listed by Member State in Annex II.
This Decision shall be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
It shall take enter into force on the date of its adoption.

Pending: 32009D0967

17.12.2009 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 332/1
(1) Under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 the Community eco-label may be awarded to a product possessing characteristics which enable it to contribute significantly to improvements in relation to key environmental aspects.
(2) Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 provides that specific eco-label criteria, drawn up on the basis of the criteria drafted by the European Union Eco-labelling Board, are to be established according to product groups.
(3) The ecological criteria, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, should be valid for four years from the date of notification of this Decision.
(4) Measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee instituted by Article 17 of Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000,
— the reduction of impacts on habitats and associated resources,
— the reduction of energy consumption,
— the reduction of discharges of toxic or otherwise polluting substances into the environment,
— the reduction of use of dangerous substances in the materials and in the finished products,
— safety and absence of risk to health in the living environment,
— information that will enable the consumer to use the product in an efficient way which minimises the whole environmental impact.
R23 (toxic by inhalation),
R24 (toxic in contact with skin),
R25 (toxic if swallowed),
R26 (very toxic by inhalation),
R27 (very toxic in contact with skin),
R28 (very toxic if swallowed),
R39 (danger of very serious irreversible effects),
R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R42 (May cause sensitisation by inhalation),
R43 (May cause sensitisation by skin contact),
R45 (may cause cancer),
R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R48 (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure),
R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms),
R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms),
R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms),
R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment),
R60 (may impair fertility),
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
(a) The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 0,5 ppm:SubstanceCAS noγ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane)319-84-6α-hexachlorocyclohexane319-85-7β-hexachlorocyclohexane58-89-9δ-hexachlorocyclohexane319-86-8aldrin309-00-2dieldrin60-57-1endrin72-20-8p,p′-DDT50-29-3p,p′-DDD72-54-8 Substance CAS no γ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane) 319-84-6 α-hexachlorocyclohexane 319-85-7 β-hexachlorocyclohexane 58-89-9 δ-hexachlorocyclohexane 319-86-8 aldrin 309-00-2 dieldrin 60-57-1 endrin 72-20-8 p,p′-DDT 50-29-3 p,p′-DDD 72-54-8
Substance CAS no
γ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane) 319-84-6
α-hexachlorocyclohexane 319-85-7
β-hexachlorocyclohexane 58-89-9
δ-hexachlorocyclohexane 319-86-8
aldrin 309-00-2
dieldrin 60-57-1
endrin 72-20-8
p,p′-DDT 50-29-3
p,p′-DDD 72-54-8
Substance CAS no
γ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane) 319-84-6
α-hexachlorocyclohexane 319-85-7
β-hexachlorocyclohexane 58-89-9
δ-hexachlorocyclohexane 319-86-8
aldrin 309-00-2
dieldrin 60-57-1
endrin 72-20-8
p,p′-DDT 50-29-3
p,p′-DDD 72-54-8
(b) The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 2 ppm:SubstanceCAS noPropetamphos31218-83-4Diazinon333-41-5Dichlofenthion97-17-6Fenchlorphos299-84-3Chlorpyriphos2921-88-2Chlorfenvinphos470-90-6Ethion563-12-2Pirimiphos-Methyl29232-93-7 Substance CAS no Propetamphos 31218-83-4 Diazinon 333-41-5 Dichlofenthion 97-17-6 Fenchlorphos 299-84-3 Chlorpyriphos 2921-88-2 Chlorfenvinphos 470-90-6 Ethion 563-12-2 Pirimiphos-Methyl 29232-93-7
Substance CAS no
Propetamphos 31218-83-4
Diazinon 333-41-5
Dichlofenthion 97-17-6
Fenchlorphos 299-84-3
Chlorpyriphos 2921-88-2
Chlorfenvinphos 470-90-6
Ethion 563-12-2
Pirimiphos-Methyl 29232-93-7
Substance CAS no
Propetamphos 31218-83-4
Diazinon 333-41-5
Dichlofenthion 97-17-6
Fenchlorphos 299-84-3
Chlorpyriphos 2921-88-2
Chlorfenvinphos 470-90-6
Ethion 563-12-2
Pirimiphos-Methyl 29232-93-7
(c) The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 0,5 ppm:SubstanceCAS noCyhalothrin68085-85-8Cybermethrin52315-07-8Deltamethrin52918-63-5Fenvalerate51630-58-1Flumethrin69770-45-2 Substance CAS no Cyhalothrin 68085-85-8 Cybermethrin 52315-07-8 Deltamethrin 52918-63-5 Fenvalerate 51630-58-1 Flumethrin 69770-45-2
Substance CAS no
Cyhalothrin 68085-85-8
Cybermethrin 52315-07-8
Deltamethrin 52918-63-5
Fenvalerate 51630-58-1
Flumethrin 69770-45-2
Substance CAS no
Cyhalothrin 68085-85-8
Cybermethrin 52315-07-8
Deltamethrin 52918-63-5
Fenvalerate 51630-58-1
Flumethrin 69770-45-2
(d) The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 2 ppm:SubstanceCAS noDiflubenzuron35367-38-5Triflumuron64628-44-0Dicyclanil112636-83-6 Substance CAS no Diflubenzuron 35367-38-5 Triflumuron 64628-44-0 Dicyclanil 112636-83-6
Substance CAS no
Diflubenzuron 35367-38-5
Triflumuron 64628-44-0
Dicyclanil 112636-83-6
Substance CAS no
Diflubenzuron 35367-38-5
Triflumuron 64628-44-0
Dicyclanil 112636-83-6
a) The amount of antimony in the polyester fibres shall not exceed 260 ppm. Where no antimony is used, the applicant may state ‘antimony free’ (or equivalent text) next to the eco-labelled product.
b) The emissions of VOCs during polymerisation and fibre production of polyester, measured at the process steps where they occur, including fugitive emissions as well, expressed as an annual average, shall not exceed 1,2 g/kg of produced polyester resin. (VOCs are any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use).
(a) Lead-based pigments shall not be used.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
(b) Emissions of NOxand SO2from the production of PP (monomer production, polymerisation and granulation) must not exceed the following limits:NOx: 12 kg/ton PPSO2: 11 kg/ton PPAssessment and verification:the fibre manufacturer must measure or calculate the quantities of NOxand SO2emitted during PP production and provide a declaration of compliance with the criterion. The applicant shall provide only the appropriate documentation. NOx: 12 kg/ton PP SO2: 11 kg/ton PP
NOx: 12 kg/ton PP
SO2: 11 kg/ton PP
NOx: 12 kg/ton PP
SO2: 11 kg/ton PP
(a) Extractable heavy metals: the concentrations of the following metals shall not exceed the following values:SubstanceHurdle value(ppm)antimony0,5arsenic0,5lead0,5cadmium0,1chromium1,0cobalt0,5copper2,0nickel1,0mercury0,02Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: Milled sample extracted according to DIN 38414-S4, L/S = 10. Filtration with 0,45 μm membrane filter. Analysis by means of atomic emission spectroscopy with inductive coupled plasma (ICP-AES) or with hydride or cold vapour technique. Substance Hurdle value(ppm) antimony 0,5 arsenic 0,5 lead 0,5 cadmium 0,1 chromium 1,0 cobalt 0,5 copper 2,0 nickel 1,0 mercury 0,02
Substance Hurdle value(ppm)
antimony 0,5
arsenic 0,5
lead 0,5
cadmium 0,1
chromium 1,0
cobalt 0,5
copper 2,0
nickel 1,0
mercury 0,02
Substance Hurdle value(ppm)
antimony 0,5
arsenic 0,5
lead 0,5
cadmium 0,1
chromium 1,0
cobalt 0,5
copper 2,0
nickel 1,0
mercury 0,02
(b) Volatile organic compounds(4)(VOCs): The concentration of VOCs shall not exceed 0,5 mg/m3.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: chamber test with DIN ISO 16000-6 for air sampling and analysis.
(c) Metal complex dyes: Metal complex dyes based on copper, lead, chromium or nickel shall not be used.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
(d) Chlorophenols: No chlorophenol (salts and esters) shall be present in concentrations exceeding 0,1 ppm, except mono- and di-chlorinated phenols (salts and esters) which shall not exceed 1 ppm.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: Milling of 5 g sample, extraction of the chlorophenol or sodium salt. Analysis by means of gas chromatography (GC), detection with mass spectrometer or ECD.
(e) Butadiene: The concentration of butadiene shall not exceed 1 ppm.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: Milling and weighing of sample. Sampling by headspace sampler. Analysis by gas chromatography, detection by flame-ionisation detector.
(f) Nitrosamines: The concentration of N-nitrosamines shall not exceed 0,001 mg/m3as measured with the chamber test.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: the chamber test with Hauptverband der gewerblichen Berufsgenossenschaften ZH 1/120,23 (or equivalent) for air sampling and analysis.
(a) Organic tin: Tin in organic form (tin bonded to a carbon atom) shall not be used.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
(b) Blowing agents: CFCs, HCFCs, HFCs or methylene chloride shall not be used as blowing agents or as auxiliary blowing agents.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration that these blowing agents have not been used.
R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R45 (may cause cancer),
R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms),
R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms),
R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms),
R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment),
R60 (may impair fertility),
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
R50 (very toxic to aquatic organisms),
R51 (toxic to aquatic organisms),
R52 (harmful to aquatic organisms),
R53 (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment),
R60 (may impair fertility),
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility),
4-aminodiphenyl (92-67-1)
Benzidine (92-87-5)
4-chloro-o-toluidine (95-69-2)
2-naphthylamine (91-59-8)
o-amino-azotoluene (97-56-3)
2-amino-4-nitrotoluene (99-55-8)
p-chloroaniline (106-47-8)
2,4-diaminoanisol (615-05-4)
4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane (101-77-9)
3,3′-dichlorobenzidine (91-94-1)
3,3′-dimethoxybenzidine (119-90-4)
3,3′-dimethylbenzidine (119-93-7)
3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane (838-88-0)
p-cresidine (120-71-8)
4,4′-oxydianiline (101-80-4)
4,4′-thiodianiline (139-65-1)
o-toluidine (95-53-4)
2,4-diaminotoluene (95-80-7)
2,4,5-trimethylaniline (137-17-7)
4-aminoazobenzene (60-09-3)
o-anisidine (90-04-0)
2,4-Xylidine
2,6-Xylidine
(a) The following dyes shall not be used:C.I. Basic Red 9C.I. Disperse Blue 1C.I. Acid Red 26C.I. Basic Violet 14C.I. Disperse Orange 11C. I. Direct Black 38C. I. Direct Blue 6C. I. Direct Red 28C. I. Disperse Yellow 3Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of such dyes. C.I. Basic Red 9 C.I. Disperse Blue 1 C.I. Acid Red 26 C.I. Basic Violet 14 C.I. Disperse Orange 11 C. I. Direct Black 38 C. I. Direct Blue 6 C. I. Direct Red 28 C. I. Disperse Yellow 3
C.I. Basic Red 9
C.I. Disperse Blue 1
C.I. Acid Red 26
C.I. Basic Violet 14
C.I. Disperse Orange 11
C. I. Direct Black 38
C. I. Direct Blue 6
C. I. Direct Red 28
C. I. Disperse Yellow 3
C.I. Basic Red 9
C.I. Disperse Blue 1
C.I. Acid Red 26
C.I. Basic Violet 14
C.I. Disperse Orange 11
C. I. Direct Black 38
C. I. Direct Blue 6
C. I. Direct Red 28
C. I. Disperse Yellow 3
(b) No use is allowed of dye substances or of dye preparations containing more than 0,1 % by weight of substances that are assigned or may be assigned at the time of application any of the following risk phrases (or combinations thereof):R40(limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),R45(may cause cancer),R46(may cause heritable genetic damage),R49(may cause cancer by inhalation),R60(may impair fertility),R61(may cause harm to the unborn child),R62(possible risk of impaired fertility),R63(possible risk of harm to the unborn child),R68(possible risk of irreversible effects),as laid down in Directive 67/548/EEC.Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008. In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, with and of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H351, H350, H340, H350i, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df, H341.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of such dyes. R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect), R45 (may cause cancer), R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage), R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation), R60 (may impair fertility), R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child), R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility), R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child), R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R45 (may cause cancer),
R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R60 (may impair fertility),
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
R40 (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R45 (may cause cancer),
R46 (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R49 (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R60 (may impair fertility),
R61 (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 (possible risk of irreversible effects),
C.I. Disperse Blue 3 C.I. 61 505
C.I. Disperse Blue 7 C.I. 62 500
C.I. Disperse Blue 26 C.I. 63 305
C.I. Disperse Blue 35
C.I. Disperse Blue 102
C.I. Disperse Blue 106
C.I. Disperse Blue 124
C.I. Disperse Brown 1
C.I. Disperse Orange 1 C.I. 11 080
C.I. Disperse Orange 3 C.I. 11 005
C.I. Disperse Orange 37
C.I. Disperse Orange 76
(previously designated Orange 37)
C.I. Disperse Red 1 C.I. 11 110
C.I. Disperse Red 11 C.I. 62 015
C.I. Disperse Red 17 C.I. 11 210
C.I. Disperse Yellow 1 C.I. 10 345
C.I. Disperse Yellow 9 C.I. 10 375
C.I. Disperse Yellow 39
C.I. Disperse Yellow 49
(a) Waste water from wet-processing sites (except greasy wool scouring sites) shall, when discharged after treatment (whether on-site or off-site), have a COD content of less than 20 g/kg, expressed as an annual average.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide detailed documentation and test reports, using ISO 6060, showing compliance with this criterion, together with a declaration of compliance.
(b) If the effluent is treated on site and discharged directly to waters, it shall also have a pH between 6 and 9 (unless the pH of the receiving water is outside this range) and a temperature of less than 40 °C (unless the temperature of the receiving water is above this value).Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide documentation and test reports showing compliance with this criterion, together with a declaration of compliance. If the products used are awarded with the EU eco-label for textile products they fulfil this requirement and appropriate documentation shall be provided.
— if when tested with one of the methods OECD 301 A, OECD 301 E, ISO 7827, OECD 302 A, ISO 9887, OECD 302 B, or ISO 9888 it shows a percentage degradation of at least 70 % within 28 days,
— or if when tested with one of the methods OECD 301 B, ISO 9439, OECD 301 C, OECD 302 C, OECD 301 D, ISO 10707, OECD 301 F, ISO 9408, ISO 10708 or ISO 14593 it shows a percentage degradation of at least 60 % within 28 days,
— or if when tested with one of the methods OECD 303 or ISO 11733 it shows a percentage degradation of at least 80 % within 28 days,
— or, for substances for which these test methods are inapplicable, if evidence of an equivalent level of biodegradation is presented.
(a) In case of cellulose dyeing, where metal complex dyes are part of the dye recipe, less than 20 % of each of those metal complex dyes applied (input to the process) shall be discharged to waste water treatment (whether on-site or off-site).In case of all other dyeing processes, where metal complex dyes are part of the dye recipe, less than 7 % of each of those metal complex dyes applied (input to the process) shall be discharged to waste water treatment (whether on-site or off-site).
(b) The emissions to water after treatment shall not exceed: Cu 75 mg/kg (fibre, yarn or fabric); Cr 50 mg/kg; Ni 75 mg/kg.
Product Family Limit value(P)
Synthetic Carpets 8
Substance Requirement(after 3 days)
Total organic compounds within the retention rangeC6 – C16 (TVOC) 0,25 mg/m3air
Total organic compounds within the retention range> C16 – C22 (TSVOC) 0,03 mg/m3air
Total VOC without LCI(*1) 0,05 mg/m3air
(a) information that the product has been awarded the EU Eco-label together with a brief yet specific explanation as to what this means in addition to the general information provided by box 2 of the logo;
(b) recommendations for the use and maintenance of the product. This information should highlight all relevant instructions particularly referring to the maintenance and use of products. As appropriate, reference should be made to the features of the product’s use under difficult climatic or other conditions, for example, frost resistance/water absorption, stain resistance, resistance to chemicals, necessary preparation of the underlying surface, cleaning instructions and recommended types of cleaning agents and cleaning intervals. The information should also include any possible indication on the product’s potential life expectancy in technical terms, either as an average or as a range value;
(c) an indication of the route of recycling or disposal (explanation in order to give the consumer information about the high possible performance of such a product);
(d) information on the EU Eco-label and its related product groups, including the following text (or equivalent): ‘for more information visit the EU Eco-label website: http://www.ecolabel.eu’.
— hazardous and toxic substance restricted,
— production process energy saving,
— limited pollutant emissions to water,
— lower risk to health in the living environment.
A = Proportion of renewable raw materials and recycled non-renewable raw materials (%)(*1)
B = Proportion of renewable fuels (%)
C = Electricity consumption (MJ/m2)
D = Fuel consumption (MJ/m2)
Fuel Quantity Units Conversion factor Energy(MJ)
Straw (15 % W) kg 14,5
Pellets (7 % W) kg 17,5
Waste wood (20 % W) kg 14,7
Wood chips (45 % W) kg 9,4
Peat kg 20
Natural gas kg 54,1
Natural gas Nm3 38,8
Butane kg 49,3
Kerosene kg 46,5
Gasoline kg 52,7
Diesel kg 44,6
Gas oil kg 45,2
Heavy Fuel oil kg 42,7
Dry Steam Coal kg 30,6
Anthracite kg 29,7
Charcoal kg 33,7
Industrial Coke kg 27,9
Electricity (from net) kWh 3,6
Total energy (MJ)
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 on a revised Community eco-label award scheme(1), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 6(1) thereof,
After consulting the European Union Eco-labelling Board,
(1) Under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 the Community eco-label may be awarded to a product possessing characteristics which enable it to contribute significantly to improvements in relation to key environmental aspects.
(2) Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 provides that specific eco-label criteria, drawn up on the basis of the criteria drafted by the European Union Eco-labelling Board, are to be established according to product groups.
(3) The ecological criteria, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, should be valid for four years from the date of notification of this Decision.
(4) Measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee instituted by Article 17 of Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
Textile floor coverings shall be defined as floor coverings, usually of woven, knitted, or needle-tufted fabric; commonly installed with tacks or staples, or by adhesives. Loose mats and rugs are excluded. It does not apply to wall coverings or that for external use.
This product group will not include textiles treated with biocidal products, except where the active substance in those biocidal products are included in Annex IA to Directive 98/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(2), and where the biocidal product is authorised for the use in question according to Annex V to Directive 98/8/EC.

Article 2
In order to be awarded the Community eco-label under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000, a textile floor covering must fall within the product group ‘textile floor coverings’ as defined in Article 1 of this Decision and must comply with the ecological criteria set out in the Annex.

Article 3
The ecological criteria for the product group ‘textile floor coverings’, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, shall be valid for four years from the date of notification of this Decision.

Article 4
For administrative purposes the code number assigned to the product group ‘textile floor coverings’ shall be ‘34’.

Article 5
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 July 2000 on a revised Community eco-label award scheme(1), and in particular the second subparagraph of Article 6(1) thereof,
After consulting the European Union Eco-labelling Board,
(1) Under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 the Community eco-label may be awarded to a product possessing characteristics which enable it to contribute significantly to improvements in relation to key environmental aspects.
(2) Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000 provides that specific eco-label criteria, drawn up on the basis of the criteria drafted by the European Union Eco-labelling Board, are to be established according to product groups.
(3) The ecological criteria, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, should be valid for four years from the date of notification of this Decision.
(4) Measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee instituted by Article 17 of Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Textile floor coverings shall be defined as floor coverings, usually of woven, knitted, or needle-tufted fabric; commonly installed with tacks or staples, or by adhesives. Loose mats and rugs are excluded. It does not apply to wall coverings or that for external use.
This product group will not include textiles treated with biocidal products, except where the active substance in those biocidal products are included in Annex IA to Directive 98/8/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(2), and where the biocidal product is authorised for the use in question according to Annex V to Directive 98/8/EC.
In order to be awarded the Community eco-label under Regulation (EC) No 1980/2000, a textile floor covering must fall within the product group ‘textile floor coverings’ as defined in Article 1 of this Decision and must comply with the ecological criteria set out in the Annex.
The ecological criteria for the product group ‘textile floor coverings’, as well as the related assessment and verification requirements, shall be valid for four years from the date of notification of this Decision.
For administrative purposes the code number assigned to the product group ‘textile floor coverings’ shall be ‘34’.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.

FRAMEWORK

ANNEX
The aims of the criteria
These criteria aim in particular at promoting:

— | the reduction of impacts on habitats and associated resources,
— | the reduction of energy consumption,
— | the reduction of discharges of toxic or otherwise polluting substances into the environment,
— | the reduction of use of dangerous substances in the materials and in the finished products,
— | safety and absence of risk to health in the living environment,
— | information that will enable the consumer to use the product in an efficient way which minimises the whole environmental impact.The criteria are set at levels that promote the labelling of coverings that are produced with low environmental impact.

Assessment and verification requirements
The specific assessment and verification requirements are indicated within each criterion.
This product group includes the family of carpets, defined as ‘floor covering, usually of woven, knitted, or needle-tufted fabric; commonly installed with tacks or staples, or by adhesives’.
It does not apply to wall coverings or that for external use. Loose mats and rugs are excluded.
The definition of the textile floor coverings product group accords to the DIN ISO 2424 norm.
The European Textile floor coverings industry determines its technical position in the European commission of normalisation CEN/TC 134.
The functional unit, to which inputs and outputs should be related, is 1 m2of finished product.
Where appropriate, test methods other than those indicated for each criterion may be used if their equivalence is accepted by the Competent Body assessing the application.
Where possible, testing should be performed by appropriately accredited laboratories or laboratories that meet the general requirements expressed in standard EN ISO 17025.
Where appropriate, Competent Bodies may require supporting documentation and may carry out independent verifications.

TEXTILE FLOOR COVERINGS CRITERIA
1. RAW MATERIALS
Generic materials requirements
The materials used for the manufacture of the product shall not contain substances or preparation that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, any of the following risk phrases (or combinations thereof):

R23 | (toxic by inhalation),
R24 | (toxic in contact with skin),
R25 | (toxic if swallowed),
R26 | (very toxic by inhalation),
R27 | (very toxic in contact with skin),
R28 | (very toxic if swallowed),
R39 | (danger of very serious irreversible effects),
R40 | (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R42 | (May cause sensitisation by inhalation),
R43 | (May cause sensitisation by skin contact),
R45 | (may cause cancer),
R46 | (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R48 | (danger or serious damage to health by prolonged exposure),
R49 | (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R50 | (very toxic to aquatic organisms),
R51 | (toxic to aquatic organisms),
R52 | (harmful to aquatic organisms),
R53 | (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment),
R60 | (may impair fertility),
R61 | (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 | (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 | (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 | (possible risk of irreversible effects),as laid down in Council Directive 67/548/EEC of 27 June 1967 on the approximation of the laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to the classification, packaging and labelling of dangerous substances(1)(Dangerous Substances Directive), and its subsequent amendments, and considering the Directive 1999/45/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(2)(Dangerous Preparations Directive).
Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2008 on classification, labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures, amending and repealing Directives 67/548/EEC and 1999/45/EC, and amending Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006(3). In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, with and of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H300, H301, H310, H311, H317 H330, H331, H334, H351, H350, H340, H350i, H400, H410, H411, H412, H413, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df, H341, H370, H372.
Assessment and verification:in terms of chemical analysis, the materials typology and formulation shall be provided by the applicant together with a declaration of compliance with the abovementioned criteria.
1.1. Textile fibres — chemical substances
If the fibres are of recycled origin, the criteria set in this section do not apply. With regard to the presence of dangerous substances, the requirements described in criteria 1 ‘Generic material requirements’ shall be applied.
Specific-fibre-criteria are set in this section for wool, polyamide, polyester and polypropylene.

Wool treatments

| (a) | The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 0,5 ppm:SubstanceCAS noγ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane)319-84-6α-hexachlorocyclohexane319-85-7β-hexachlorocyclohexane58-89-9δ-hexachlorocyclohexane319-86-8aldrin309-00-2dieldrin60-57-1endrin72-20-8p,p′-DDT50-29-3p,p′-DDD72-54-8 | Substance | CAS no | γ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane) | 319-84-6 | α-hexachlorocyclohexane | 319-85-7 | β-hexachlorocyclohexane | 58-89-9 | δ-hexachlorocyclohexane | 319-86-8 | aldrin | 309-00-2 | dieldrin | 60-57-1 | endrin | 72-20-8 | p,p′-DDT | 50-29-3 | p,p′-DDD | 72-54-8
Substance | CAS no
γ-hexachlorocyclohexane (lindane) | 319-84-6
α-hexachlorocyclohexane | 319-85-7
β-hexachlorocyclohexane | 58-89-9
δ-hexachlorocyclohexane | 319-86-8
aldrin | 309-00-2
dieldrin | 60-57-1
endrin | 72-20-8
p,p′-DDT | 50-29-3
p,p′-DDD | 72-54-8
| (b) | The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 2 ppm:SubstanceCAS noPropetamphos31218-83-4Diazinon333-41-5Dichlofenthion97-17-6Fenchlorphos299-84-3Chlorpyriphos2921-88-2Chlorfenvinphos470-90-6Ethion563-12-2Pirimiphos-Methyl29232-93-7 | Substance | CAS no | Propetamphos | 31218-83-4 | Diazinon | 333-41-5 | Dichlofenthion | 97-17-6 | Fenchlorphos | 299-84-3 | Chlorpyriphos | 2921-88-2 | Chlorfenvinphos | 470-90-6 | Ethion | 563-12-2 | Pirimiphos-Methyl | 29232-93-7
Substance | CAS no
Propetamphos | 31218-83-4
Diazinon | 333-41-5
Dichlofenthion | 97-17-6
Fenchlorphos | 299-84-3
Chlorpyriphos | 2921-88-2
Chlorfenvinphos | 470-90-6
Ethion | 563-12-2
Pirimiphos-Methyl | 29232-93-7
| (c) | The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 0,5 ppm:SubstanceCAS noCyhalothrin68085-85-8Cybermethrin52315-07-8Deltamethrin52918-63-5Fenvalerate51630-58-1Flumethrin69770-45-2 | Substance | CAS no | Cyhalothrin | 68085-85-8 | Cybermethrin | 52315-07-8 | Deltamethrin | 52918-63-5 | Fenvalerate | 51630-58-1 | Flumethrin | 69770-45-2
Substance | CAS no
Cyhalothrin | 68085-85-8
Cybermethrin | 52315-07-8
Deltamethrin | 52918-63-5
Fenvalerate | 51630-58-1
Flumethrin | 69770-45-2
| (d) | The total sum content of the following substances shall not exceed 2 ppm:SubstanceCAS noDiflubenzuron35367-38-5Triflumuron64628-44-0Dicyclanil112636-83-6 | Substance | CAS no | Diflubenzuron | 35367-38-5 | Triflumuron | 64628-44-0 | Dicyclanil | 112636-83-6
Substance | CAS no
Diflubenzuron | 35367-38-5
Triflumuron | 64628-44-0
Dicyclanil | 112636-83-6These requirements (as detailed in (a), (b), (c) and (d) and taken separately) do not apply if documentary evidence can be presented that establishes the identity of the farmers producing at least 75 % of the wool or keratin fibres in question, together with a declaration from these farmers that the substances listed above have not been applied to the fields or animals concerned.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall either provide the documentation indicated above or provide a test report, using the following test method: IWTO Draft Test Method 59. If the textile materials used are awarded with the EU Ecolabel scheme for the textile products, the requirements are satisfied. The applicant shall provide only the appropriate documentation.

Polyamide fibres
The emissions to air of N2O during monomer production, expressed as an annual average, shall not exceed 10 g/kg of finished polyamide-6 fibres produced or 50 g/kg of polyamide-6,6 produced.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide detailed documentation and/or test reports showing compliance with this criterion, together with a declaration of compliance. If the textile materials used are awarded with the Ecolabel scheme for the textile products, the requirements are satisfied. The applicant shall provide only the appropriate documentation.

Polyester

| a) | The amount of antimony in the polyester fibres shall not exceed 260 ppm. Where no antimony is used, the applicant may state ‘antimony free’ (or equivalent text) next to the eco-labelled product.
| b) | The emissions of VOCs during polymerisation and fibre production of polyester, measured at the process steps where they occur, including fugitive emissions as well, expressed as an annual average, shall not exceed 1,2 g/kg of produced polyester resin. (VOCs are any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use).Assessment and verification:For (a) the applicant shall either provide a declaration of non-use or a test report using the following test method: direct determination by Atomic Absorption Spectrometry. The test shall be carried out on the raw fibre prior to any wet processing. For (b) the applicant shall provide detailed documentation and/or test reports showing compliance with this criterion, together with a declaration of compliance. If the textile materials used are awarded with the Ecolabel scheme for the textile products, the requirements are satisfied. The applicant shall provide only the appropriate documentation.

Polypropylene

| (a) | Lead-based pigments shall not be used.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
| (b) | Emissions of NOxand SO2from the production of PP (monomer production, polymerisation and granulation) must not exceed the following limits:NOx: 12 kg/ton PPSO2: 11 kg/ton PPAssessment and verification:the fibre manufacturer must measure or calculate the quantities of NOxand SO2emitted during PP production and provide a declaration of compliance with the criterion. The applicant shall provide only the appropriate documentation. | | NOx: 12 kg/ton PP | | SO2: 11 kg/ton PP
| NOx: 12 kg/ton PP
| SO2: 11 kg/ton PP1.2. Backing agents
With regard to the presence of dangerous substances, the requirements described in criteria 1 ‘Generic material requirements’ shall be applied.

Foam rubber (natural and synthetic latex and polyurethane)
Note: The following criteria needs to be met only if latex foam contributes to more than 5 % of the total weight of the carpet.

| (a) | Extractable heavy metals: the concentrations of the following metals shall not exceed the following values:SubstanceHurdle value(ppm)antimony0,5arsenic0,5lead0,5cadmium0,1chromium1,0cobalt0,5copper2,0nickel1,0mercury0,02Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: Milled sample extracted according to DIN 38414-S4, L/S = 10. Filtration with 0,45 μm membrane filter. Analysis by means of atomic emission spectroscopy with inductive coupled plasma (ICP-AES) or with hydride or cold vapour technique. | Substance | Hurdle value(ppm) | antimony | 0,5 | arsenic | 0,5 | lead | 0,5 | cadmium | 0,1 | chromium | 1,0 | cobalt | 0,5 | copper | 2,0 | nickel | 1,0 | mercury | 0,02
Substance | Hurdle value(ppm)
antimony | 0,5
arsenic | 0,5
lead | 0,5
cadmium | 0,1
chromium | 1,0
cobalt | 0,5
copper | 2,0
nickel | 1,0
mercury | 0,02
| (b) | Volatile organic compounds(4)(VOCs): The concentration of VOCs shall not exceed 0,5 mg/m3.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: chamber test with DIN ISO 16000-6 for air sampling and analysis.
| (c) | Metal complex dyes: Metal complex dyes based on copper, lead, chromium or nickel shall not be used.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
| (d) | Chlorophenols: No chlorophenol (salts and esters) shall be present in concentrations exceeding 0,1 ppm, except mono- and di-chlorinated phenols (salts and esters) which shall not exceed 1 ppm.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: Milling of 5 g sample, extraction of the chlorophenol or sodium salt. Analysis by means of gas chromatography (GC), detection with mass spectrometer or ECD.
| (e) | Butadiene: The concentration of butadiene shall not exceed 1 ppm.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: Milling and weighing of sample. Sampling by headspace sampler. Analysis by gas chromatography, detection by flame-ionisation detector.
| (f) | Nitrosamines: The concentration of N-nitrosamines shall not exceed 0,001 mg/m3as measured with the chamber test.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: the chamber test with Hauptverband der gewerblichen Berufsgenossenschaften ZH 1/120,23 (or equivalent) for air sampling and analysis.
Foam rubber (only for polyurethane)

| (a) | Organic tin: Tin in organic form (tin bonded to a carbon atom) shall not be used.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
| (b) | Blowing agents: CFCs, HCFCs, HFCs or methylene chloride shall not be used as blowing agents or as auxiliary blowing agents.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration that these blowing agents have not been used.
Vulcanized foams
Vulcanized foams shall not be used for back coating.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.

Formaldehyde
The concentration of formaldehyde shall not exceed 30 ppm as measured with EN ISO 14184-1. Alternatively it shall not exceed 0,01 mg/m3as measured with the chamber test.
Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a test report, using the following test method: EN ISO 14184-1. Sample of 1 g with 100 g water heated to 40 °C for 1 hour. Formaldehyde in extract analysed with acetylacetone, photometric.
Alternatively, the emission chamber test may be used: ENV 13419-1, with EN ISO 16000-3 or VDI 3484-1 for air sampling and analysis.
2. PRODUCTION OF ALL MATERIALSWith regard to the presence of dangerous substances, the requirements described in criteria 1 ‘Generic material requirements’ shall be applied.
The applicant shall also comply with the following specific requirements:

Flame retardants
Only flame retardants that are chemically bound into the polymer fibre or onto the fibre surface (reactive flame retardants) may be used in the product. If the flame retardants used have any of the R-phrases listed below, these reactive flame retardants should, on application, change their chemical nature to no longer warrant classification under any of these R-phrases. (Less than 0,1 % of the flame retardant on the treated yarn or fabric may remain in the form as before application.):

R40 | (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R45 | (may cause cancer),
R46 | (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R49 | (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R50 | (very toxic to aquatic organisms),
R51 | (toxic to aquatic organisms),
R52 | (harmful to aquatic organisms),
R53 | (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment),
R60 | (may impair fertility),
R61 | (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 | (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 | (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 | (possible risk of irreversible effects),as laid down in Directive 67/548/EEC.
Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008. In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, any of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H351, H350, H340, H350i, H400, H410, H411, H412, H413, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df, H341.
Flame retardants which are only physically mixed into the polymer fibre or into a textile coating are excluded (additive flame retardants).
Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration that additive flame retardants have not been used and indicate which reactive flame retardants, if any, have been used and provide documentation (such as safety data sheets) and/or declarations indicating that those flame retardants comply with this criterion.

Plasticizers
If any plasticizer substance in the manufacturing process is applied, only phthalates that at the time of application have been risk assessed and have not been classified with the phrases (or combinations thereof) may be used:

R50 | (very toxic to aquatic organisms),
R51 | (toxic to aquatic organisms),
R52 | (harmful to aquatic organisms),
R53 | (may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment),
R60 | (may impair fertility),
R61 | (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 | (possible risk of impaired fertility),as laid down in Directive 67/548/EEC.
Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008. In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, with and of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H400, H410, H411, H412, H413, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df
Additionally DNOP (di-n-octyl phthalate), DINP (di-isononyl phthalate), DIDP (di-isodecyl phthalate) are not permitted in the product.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use. No more than 0,1 % of phthalate in mass shall be present as impurities in the textile floor covering, as defined in Directive 2005/84/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council(5).
2.1. Chemicals used as auxiliaries for textile fibres treatment
Alkylphenolethoxylates (APEOs), linear alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS), bis(hydrogenated tallow alkyl) dimethyl ammonium chloride (DTDMAC), distearyl dimethyl ammonium chloride (DSDMAC), di(hardened tallow) dimethyl ammonium chloride (DHTDMAC), ethylene diamine tetra acetate (EDTA), and diethylene triamine penta acetate (DTPA) shall not be used and shall not be part of any preparations or formulations used.
Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use.
2.2. Dyes and pigments

Azo dyes
Azo dyes shall not be used that may cleave to any one of the following aromatic amines:

| 4-aminodiphenyl (92-67-1)
| Benzidine (92-87-5)
| 4-chloro-o-toluidine (95-69-2)
| 2-naphthylamine (91-59-8)
| o-amino-azotoluene (97-56-3)
| 2-amino-4-nitrotoluene (99-55-8)
| p-chloroaniline (106-47-8)
| 2,4-diaminoanisol (615-05-4)
| 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane (101-77-9)
| 3,3′-dichlorobenzidine (91-94-1)
| 3,3′-dimethoxybenzidine (119-90-4)
| 3,3′-dimethylbenzidine (119-93-7)
| 3,3′-dimethyl-4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane (838-88-0)
| p-cresidine (120-71-8)
| 4,4′-oxydianiline (101-80-4)
| 4,4′-thiodianiline (139-65-1)
| o-toluidine (95-53-4)
| 2,4-diaminotoluene (95-80-7)
| 2,4,5-trimethylaniline (137-17-7)
| 4-aminoazobenzene (60-09-3)
| o-anisidine (90-04-0)
| 2,4-Xylidine
| 2,6-XylidineAssessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of these dyes. Should this declaration be subject to verification the following standard shall be used = EN 14362-1 and 2. (Note: false positives may be possible with respect to the presence of 4-aminoazobenzene, and confirmation is therefore recommended).

Dyes that are carcinogenic, mutagenic or toxic to reproduction

| (a) | The following dyes shall not be used:C.I. Basic Red 9C.I. Disperse Blue 1C.I. Acid Red 26C.I. Basic Violet 14C.I. Disperse Orange 11C. I. Direct Black 38C. I. Direct Blue 6C. I. Direct Red 28C. I. Disperse Yellow 3Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of such dyes. | | C.I. Basic Red 9 | | C.I. Disperse Blue 1 | | C.I. Acid Red 26 | | C.I. Basic Violet 14 | | C.I. Disperse Orange 11 | | C. I. Direct Black 38 | | C. I. Direct Blue 6 | | C. I. Direct Red 28 | | C. I. Disperse Yellow 3
| C.I. Basic Red 9
| C.I. Disperse Blue 1
| C.I. Acid Red 26
| C.I. Basic Violet 14
| C.I. Disperse Orange 11
| C. I. Direct Black 38
| C. I. Direct Blue 6
| C. I. Direct Red 28
| C. I. Disperse Yellow 3
| (b) | No use is allowed of dye substances or of dye preparations containing more than 0,1 % by weight of substances that are assigned or may be assigned at the time of application any of the following risk phrases (or combinations thereof):R40(limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),R45(may cause cancer),R46(may cause heritable genetic damage),R49(may cause cancer by inhalation),R60(may impair fertility),R61(may cause harm to the unborn child),R62(possible risk of impaired fertility),R63(possible risk of harm to the unborn child),R68(possible risk of irreversible effects),as laid down in Directive 67/548/EEC.Alternatively, classification may be considered according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008. In this case no substances or preparations may be added to the raw materials that are assigned, or may be assigned at the time of application, with and of the following hazard statements (or combinations thereof): H351, H350, H340, H350i, H360F, H360D, H361f, H361d H360FD, H361fd, H360Fd, H360Df, H341.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of such dyes. | R40 | (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect), | R45 | (may cause cancer), | R46 | (may cause heritable genetic damage), | R49 | (may cause cancer by inhalation), | R60 | (may impair fertility), | R61 | (may cause harm to the unborn child), | R62 | (possible risk of impaired fertility), | R63 | (possible risk of harm to the unborn child), | R68 | (possible risk of irreversible effects),
R40 | (limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect),
R45 | (may cause cancer),
R46 | (may cause heritable genetic damage),
R49 | (may cause cancer by inhalation),
R60 | (may impair fertility),
R61 | (may cause harm to the unborn child),
R62 | (possible risk of impaired fertility),
R63 | (possible risk of harm to the unborn child),
R68 | (possible risk of irreversible effects),
Potentially sensitising dyes
The following dyes shall not be used:

| C.I. Disperse Blue 3 C.I. 61 505
| C.I. Disperse Blue 7 C.I. 62 500
| C.I. Disperse Blue 26 C.I. 63 305
| C.I. Disperse Blue 35
| C.I. Disperse Blue 102
| C.I. Disperse Blue 106
| C.I. Disperse Blue 124
| C.I. Disperse Brown 1
| C.I. Disperse Orange 1 C.I. 11 080
| C.I. Disperse Orange 3 C.I. 11 005
| C.I. Disperse Orange 37
| C.I. Disperse Orange 76
| (previously designated Orange 37)
| C.I. Disperse Red 1 C.I. 11 110
| C.I. Disperse Red 11 C.I. 62 015
| C.I. Disperse Red 17 C.I. 11 210
| C.I. Disperse Yellow 1 C.I. 10 345
| C.I. Disperse Yellow 9 C.I. 10 375
| C.I. Disperse Yellow 39
| C.I. Disperse Yellow 49Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of these dyes.

Heavy metals
Dyes and pigments containing lead (Pb), cadmium (Cd), mercury (Hg) or chromium (chromium total) or Cr(VI) as ingredients of the dyeing component must not be used to dye the materials:
The limit value for the total heavy metal content of a fitted carpet is 100 mg/kg.
Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide a declaration of non-use of these dyes together with the documentation demonstrating that the limit imposed is not exceeded.
If the products used are GUT label, they fulfil this requirement and appropriate documentation shall be provided.
2.3. Water emissions

Wool — COD
For scouring effluent discharged to sewer, the COD discharged to sewer shall not exceed 60 g/kg greasy wool, and the effluent shall be treated off-site so as to achieve at least a further 75 % reduction of COD content, expressed as an annual average.
For scouring effluent treated on-site and discharged to surface waters, the COD discharged to surface waters shall not exceed 45 g/kg greasy wool. The pH of the effluent discharged to surface waters shall be between 6 and 9 (unless the pH of the receiving waters is outside this range), and the temperature shall be below 40 °C (unless the temperature of the receiving water is above this value). The wool scouring plant shall describe, in detail, their treatment of the scouring effluent and continuously monitor the COD-levels.
Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide relevant data and test reports related to this criterion, using the following test method: ISO 6060.

Wastewater discharges from wet-processing

| (a) | Waste water from wet-processing sites (except greasy wool scouring sites) shall, when discharged after treatment (whether on-site or off-site), have a COD content of less than 20 g/kg, expressed as an annual average.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide detailed documentation and test reports, using ISO 6060, showing compliance with this criterion, together with a declaration of compliance.
| (b) | If the effluent is treated on site and discharged directly to waters, it shall also have a pH between 6 and 9 (unless the pH of the receiving water is outside this range) and a temperature of less than 40 °C (unless the temperature of the receiving water is above this value).Assessment and verification:The applicant shall provide documentation and test reports showing compliance with this criterion, together with a declaration of compliance. If the products used are awarded with the EU eco-label for textile products they fulfil this requirement and appropriate documentation shall be provided.
Detergents, fabric softeners and complexing agents
At each wet-processing site, at least 95 % by weight of the detergents, at least 95 % by weight of fabric softeners and at least 95 % by weight complexing agents used shall be sufficiently degradable or eliminable in wastewater treatment plants. At each wet-processing site, the detergents (which contain surfactants) in use shall fulfil the criteria: the surfactants meet the criteria for ultimate aerobic biodegradation. At least 95 % of the other substances by weight shall be sufficiently degradable or eliminable in wastewater treatment plants.
Assessment and verification:‘sufficiently biodegradable’ means:

— | if when tested with one of the methods OECD 301 A, OECD 301 E, ISO 7827, OECD 302 A, ISO 9887, OECD 302 B, or ISO 9888 it shows a percentage degradation of at least 70 % within 28 days,
— | or if when tested with one of the methods OECD 301 B, ISO 9439, OECD 301 C, OECD 302 C, OECD 301 D, ISO 10707, OECD 301 F, ISO 9408, ISO 10708 or ISO 14593 it shows a percentage degradation of at least 60 % within 28 days,
— | or if when tested with one of the methods OECD 303 or ISO 11733 it shows a percentage degradation of at least 80 % within 28 days,
— | or, for substances for which these test methods are inapplicable, if evidence of an equivalent level of biodegradation is presented.The applicant shall provide appropriate documentation, safety data sheets, test reports and/or declarations, indicating the test methods and results as indicated above, showing compliance with this criterion for all detergents, fabric softeners and complexing agents used.

Metal complex dyes

| (a) | In case of cellulose dyeing, where metal complex dyes are part of the dye recipe, less than 20 % of each of those metal complex dyes applied (input to the process) shall be discharged to waste water treatment (whether on-site or off-site).In case of all other dyeing processes, where metal complex dyes are part of the dye recipe, less than 7 % of each of those metal complex dyes applied (input to the process) shall be discharged to waste water treatment (whether on-site or off-site).
| (b) | The emissions to water after treatment shall not exceed: Cu 75 mg/kg (fibre, yarn or fabric); Cr 50 mg/kg; Ni 75 mg/kg.Assessment and verification:The applicant shall either provide a declaration of non-use or documentation and test reports using the following test methods: ISO 8288 for Cu, Ni; EN 1233 for Cr.
2.4. Energy consumption
The energy consumption shall be calculated as the process energy used for the production of the floor coverings.
The process energy, calculated as indicated in the Technical Appendix, shall exceed the following values (P = scoring point):

Product Family | Limit value(P)
Synthetic Carpets | 8Assessment and verification:the applicant shall calculate the Energy consumption of the production process according to the Technical Appendix instructions. The applicant shall provide the related results and supporting documentation.
3. USE PHASE3.1. Release of dangerous substances
The following emissions values shall not to be exceeded:

Substance | Requirement(after 3 days)
Total organic compounds within the retention rangeC6 – C16 (TVOC) | 0,25 mg/m3air
Total organic compounds within the retention range> C16 – C22 (TSVOC) | 0,03 mg/m3air
Total VOC without LCI(*1) | 0,05 mg/m3airAssessment and verification:the applicant shall submit a test certificate according to the emission tests prEN 15052 or DIN ISO 16000-9.
4. FITNESS FOR USEThe product shall be fit for use. This evidence may include data from appropriate ISO, CEN or equivalent test methods, such as national test procedures.
Assessment and verification:details of the test procedures and results shall be provided, together with a declaration that the product is fit for use based on all other information about the best application by the end-user. According to Council Directive 89/106/EEC(6)a product is presumed to be fit for use if it conforms to a harmonised standard, a European technical approval or a non-harmonised technical specification recognised at Community level. The EC conformity mark ‘CE’ for construction products provides producers with an attestation of conformity easily recognisable and may be considered as sufficient in this context. Furthermore the norm CEN/TS 14472-2 could be used to demonstrate compliance with this criterion.
5. CONSUMER INFORMATIONThe product shall be sold with relevant user information, which provides advice on the product’s proper and best general and technical use as well as its maintenance. It shall bear the following information on the packaging and/or on documentation accompanying the product:

(a) | information that the product has been awarded the EU Eco-label together with a brief yet specific explanation as to what this means in addition to the general information provided by box 2 of the logo;
(b) | recommendations for the use and maintenance of the product. This information should highlight all relevant instructions particularly referring to the maintenance and use of products. As appropriate, reference should be made to the features of the product’s use under difficult climatic or other conditions, for example, frost resistance/water absorption, stain resistance, resistance to chemicals, necessary preparation of the underlying surface, cleaning instructions and recommended types of cleaning agents and cleaning intervals. The information should also include any possible indication on the product’s potential life expectancy in technical terms, either as an average or as a range value;
(c) | an indication of the route of recycling or disposal (explanation in order to give the consumer information about the high possible performance of such a product);
(d) | information on the EU Eco-label and its related product groups, including the following text (or equivalent): ‘for more information visit the EU Eco-label website: http://www.ecolabel.eu’.Assessment and verification:the applicant shall provide a sample of the packaging and/or texts enclosed also according to the ISO 6347: Textile floor coverings — Consumer information.
6. INFORMATION APPEARING ON THE ECOLABELBox 2 of the Ecolabel shall contain the following text:

— | hazardous and toxic substance restricted,
— | production process energy saving,
— | limited pollutant emissions to water,
— | lower risk to health in the living environment.
(1)
OJ 196, 16.8.1967, p. 1.
(2)
OJ L 200, 30.7.1999, p. 1.
(3)
OJ L 353, 31.12.2008, p. 1.
(4) VOCs are any organic compound having at 293,15 K a vapour pressure of 0,01 kPa or more, or having a corresponding volatility under the particular conditions of use.
(5)
OJ L 344, 27.12.2005, p. 40.LCI= Lowest Concentration of Interest.

(6)
OJ L 40, 11.2.1989, p. 12.

Pending: 32009D0955

16.12.2009 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 330/76
(1) On 14 November 2005, the Council adopted Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP on the European Union Police Mission for the Palestinian Territories(1)(EUPOL COPPS) for a period of three years. The operational phase of EUPOL COPPS began on 1 January 2006. Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP was extended by Joint Action 2008/958/CFSP(2)until 31 December 2010.
(2) It is necessary to lay down the financial reference amount intended to cover the expenditure related to EUPOL COPPS for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2010.
(3) It is necessary to specify the conditions under which EUPOL COPPS can recruit staff on a contractual basis.
(4) EUPOL COPPS should have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects.
(5) Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP should be amended accordingly,
1) In Article 2, a point shall be added:‘d)The Mission shall have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects. The Mission shall, as appropriate, coordinate, facilitate and provide advice on projects implemented by Member States and third States under their responsibility, in areas related to the Mission and in support of its objectives.’; ‘d) The Mission shall have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects. The Mission shall, as appropriate, coordinate, facilitate and provide advice on projects implemented by Member States and third States under their responsibility, in areas related to the Mission and in support of its objectives.’;
‘d) The Mission shall have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects. The Mission shall, as appropriate, coordinate, facilitate and provide advice on projects implemented by Member States and third States under their responsibility, in areas related to the Mission and in support of its objectives.’;
‘d) The Mission shall have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects. The Mission shall, as appropriate, coordinate, facilitate and provide advice on projects implemented by Member States and third States under their responsibility, in areas related to the Mission and in support of its objectives.’;
2) In Article 8,a)paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:‘3.   Nationals of Member States shall be recruited on a contractual basis by EUPOL COPPS as required, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States.’;b)a new paragraph 4 shall be inserted as follows:‘4.   EUPOL COPPS shall also recruit local staff as required.’,and the remaining paragraphs shall be renumbered accordingly. a) paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:‘3.   Nationals of Member States shall be recruited on a contractual basis by EUPOL COPPS as required, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States.’; b) a new paragraph 4 shall be inserted as follows:‘4.   EUPOL COPPS shall also recruit local staff as required.’,
a) paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:‘3.   Nationals of Member States shall be recruited on a contractual basis by EUPOL COPPS as required, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States.’;
b) a new paragraph 4 shall be inserted as follows:‘4.   EUPOL COPPS shall also recruit local staff as required.’,
a) paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:‘3.   Nationals of Member States shall be recruited on a contractual basis by EUPOL COPPS as required, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States.’;
b) a new paragraph 4 shall be inserted as follows:‘4.   EUPOL COPPS shall also recruit local staff as required.’,
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Articles 28 and 43(2) thereof,
(1) On 14 November 2005, the Council adopted Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP on the European Union Police Mission for the Palestinian Territories(1)(EUPOL COPPS) for a period of three years. The operational phase of EUPOL COPPS began on 1 January 2006. Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP was extended by Joint Action 2008/958/CFSP(2)until 31 December 2010.
(2) It is necessary to lay down the financial reference amount intended to cover the expenditure related to EUPOL COPPS for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2010.
(3) It is necessary to specify the conditions under which EUPOL COPPS can recruit staff on a contractual basis.
(4) EUPOL COPPS should have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects.
(5) Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP should be amended accordingly,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP is hereby amended as follows:
1)
In Article 2, a point shall be added:
‘d)
The Mission shall have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects. The Mission shall, as appropriate, coordinate, facilitate and provide advice on projects implemented by Member States and third States under their responsibility, in areas related to the Mission and in support of its objectives.’;
2)
In Article 8,
a)
paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:
‘3. Nationals of Member States shall be recruited on a contractual basis by EUPOL COPPS as required, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States.’;
b)
a new paragraph 4 shall be inserted as follows:
‘4. EUPOL COPPS shall also recruit local staff as required.’,
and the remaining paragraphs shall be renumbered accordingly.

Article 2
The financial reference amount intended to cover the expenditure related to EUPOL COPPS for the period 1 January to 31 December 2010 shall be EUR 6 650 000.

Article 3
This Decision shall enter into force on the date of its adoption.

Article 4
This Decision shall be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on European Union, and in particular Articles 28 and 43(2) thereof,
(1) On 14 November 2005, the Council adopted Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP on the European Union Police Mission for the Palestinian Territories(1)(EUPOL COPPS) for a period of three years. The operational phase of EUPOL COPPS began on 1 January 2006. Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP was extended by Joint Action 2008/958/CFSP(2)until 31 December 2010.
(2) It is necessary to lay down the financial reference amount intended to cover the expenditure related to EUPOL COPPS for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2010.
(3) It is necessary to specify the conditions under which EUPOL COPPS can recruit staff on a contractual basis.
(4) EUPOL COPPS should have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects.
(5) Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP should be amended accordingly,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Joint Action 2005/797/CFSP is hereby amended as follows:
1)
In Article 2, a point shall be added:
‘d)
The Mission shall have a project cell for identifying and implementing projects. The Mission shall, as appropriate, coordinate, facilitate and provide advice on projects implemented by Member States and third States under their responsibility, in areas related to the Mission and in support of its objectives.’;
2)
In Article 8,
a)
paragraph 3 shall be replaced by the following:
‘3. Nationals of Member States shall be recruited on a contractual basis by EUPOL COPPS as required, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States.’;
b)
a new paragraph 4 shall be inserted as follows:
‘4. EUPOL COPPS shall also recruit local staff as required.’,
and the remaining paragraphs shall be renumbered accordingly.
The financial reference amount intended to cover the expenditure related to EUPOL COPPS for the period 1 January to 31 December 2010 shall be EUR 6 650 000.
This Decision shall enter into force on the date of its adoption.
This Decision shall be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

Pending: 32009D0906

9.12.2009 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 322/22
(1) On 19 November 2007 the Council adopted Joint Action 2007/749/CFSP on the European Union Police Mission (EUPM) in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH)(1). That Joint Action expires on 31 December 2009.
(2) The command and control structure of EUPM should be without prejudice to the contractual responsibilities of the Head of Mission towards the Commission for implementing the budget of EUPM.
(3) The watch-keeping capability should be activated for EUPM.
(4) EUPM will be conducted in the context of a situation which may deteriorate and could harm the objectives of the common foreign and security policy as set out in Article 21 of the Treaty on European Union,
1. strengthen the operational capacity and joint capability of Law Enforcement Agencies engaged in the fight against organised crime and corruption;
2. assist and support in the planning and conduct of investigations in the fight against organised crime and corruption in a systematic approach;
3. assist and promote development of criminal investigative capacities of BiH;
4. enhance police-prosecution cooperation;
5. strengthen police-penitentiary system cooperation;
6. contribute to ensure a suitable level of accountability.
(a) main headquarters in Sarajevo, composed of the Head of the Mission and staff as defined in the Operation Plan (OPLAN);
(b) four Regional Offices in Sarajevo, Banja Luka, Mostar and Tuzla;
(c) co-locations within the relevant Law Enforcement Agencies engaged in the fight against organised crime and corruption at senior management level and on other key level as deemed required (State Investigation and Protection Agency, Border Police, Indirect Taxation Authority, Directorate for Police Coordination, State Prosecutors’ Office etc.).
THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on European Union and, in particular, Article 28 and Article 43(2) thereof,
(1) On 19 November 2007 the Council adopted Joint Action 2007/749/CFSP on the European Union Police Mission (EUPM) in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH)(1). That Joint Action expires on 31 December 2009.
(2) The command and control structure of EUPM should be without prejudice to the contractual responsibilities of the Head of Mission towards the Commission for implementing the budget of EUPM.
(3) The watch-keeping capability should be activated for EUPM.
(4) EUPM will be conducted in the context of a situation which may deteriorate and could harm the objectives of the common foreign and security policy as set out in Article 21 of the Treaty on European Union,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Mission
Article 1
1. The European Union Police Mission (EUPM) in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH), established by Joint Action 2002/210/CFSP(2), shall be continued from 1 January 2010.
2. EUPM shall operate in accordance with the mission statement as set out in Article 2 and shall carry out the key tasks as set out in Article 3.

Mission statement
Article 2
As part of the broader rule of law approach in BiH and in the region, EUPM, while retaining residual capacities in the fields of police reform and accountability, shall primarily support BiH relevant Law Enforcement Agencies in the fight against organised crime and corruption, notably focusing on State level Law Enforcement Agencies, on enhancement of the interaction between police and prosecutor and on regional and international cooperation.
EUPM shall provide operational advice to the European Union Special Representative (EUSR) to support him in his role. Through its work and its network within the country, EUPM shall contribute to overall efforts to ensure that the EU is fully informed of developments in BiH.
EUPM shall operate in line with the general objectives of Annex 11 of the General Framework Agreement for Peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina and its objective shall be supported by the European Community instruments.

Mission key tasks
Article 3
In order to achieve the Mission, the key tasks of EUPM shall be to:
1.
strengthen the operational capacity and joint capability of Law Enforcement Agencies engaged in the fight against organised crime and corruption;
2.
assist and support in the planning and conduct of investigations in the fight against organised crime and corruption in a systematic approach;
3.
assist and promote development of criminal investigative capacities of BiH;
4.
enhance police-prosecution cooperation;
5.
strengthen police-penitentiary system cooperation;
6.
contribute to ensure a suitable level of accountability.

Structure of the Mission
Article 4
1. EUPM shall be structured as follows:
(a)
main headquarters in Sarajevo, composed of the Head of the Mission and staff as defined in the Operation Plan (OPLAN);
(b)
four Regional Offices in Sarajevo, Banja Luka, Mostar and Tuzla;
(c)
co-locations within the relevant Law Enforcement Agencies engaged in the fight against organised crime and corruption at senior management level and on other key level as deemed required (State Investigation and Protection Agency, Border Police, Indirect Taxation Authority, Directorate for Police Coordination, State Prosecutors’ Office etc.).
2. These elements shall be subject to further detailed arrangements in the OPLAN. The Council shall approve the Concept of Operations (CONOPS) and the OPLAN.

Civilian Operation Commander
Article 5
1. The Civilian Planning and Conduct Capability (CPCC) Director shall be the Civilian Operation Commander for EUPM.
2. The Civilian Operation Commander, under the political control and strategic direction of the Political and Security Committee (PSC) and the overall authority of the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (HR), shall exercise command and control of EUPM at the strategic level.
3. The Civilian Operation Commander shall ensure proper and effective implementation of the Council’s decisions as well as the PSC’s decisions, including by issuing instructions at the strategic level as required to the Head of Mission and providing him with advice and technical support.
4. All seconded staff shall remain under the full command of the national authorities of the seconding State or EU institution concerned. National authorities shall transfer Operational Control (OPCON) of their personnel, teams and units to the Civilian Operation Commander.
5. The Civilian Operation Commander shall have overall responsibility for ensuring that the EU’s duty of care is properly discharged.
6. The Civilian Operation Commander and the EUSR shall consult each other as required.

Head of Mission
Article 6
1. The Head of Mission shall assume responsibility for and exercise command and control of EUPM at theatre level.
2. The Head of Mission shall exercise command and control over personnel, teams and units from contributing States as assigned by the Civilian Operation Commander together with administrative and logistic responsibility including over assets, resources and information placed at the disposal of EUPM.
3. The Head of Mission shall issue instructions to all EUPM staff for the effective conduct of EUPM in theatre, assuming its coordination and day-to-day management, and following the instructions at the strategic level of the Civilian Operation Commander.
4. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for the implementation of EUPM’s budget. For this purpose, the Head of Mission shall sign a contract with the Commission.
5. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for disciplinary control over the staff. For seconded staff, disciplinary action shall be exercised by the national or EU authority concerned.
6. The Head of Mission shall represent EUPM in the operations area and shall ensure its appropriate visibility.
7. The Head of Mission shall coordinate, as appropriate, with other EU actors on the ground. The Head of Mission shall, without prejudice to the chain of command, receive local political guidance from the EUSR.

EUPM Staff
Article 7
1. The numbers and competence of EUPM staff shall be consistent with the mission statement set out in Article 2, the mission key tasks set out in Article 3 and the structure set out in Article 4.
2. EUPM shall consist primarily of staff seconded by Member States or EU institutions. Each Member State or EU institution shall bear the costs related to any of the staff seconded by it, including travel expenses to and from the place of deployment, salaries, medical coverage and allowances other than applicable daily allowances, as well as hardship and risk allowances.
3. International civilian staff and local staff may also be recruited by EUPM, as required, on a contractual basis, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States. Exceptionally, in duly justified cases, where no qualified applications from Member States are available, nationals from participating third States may be recruited on a contractual basis, as appropriate.
4. All staff shall abide by the Mission-specific minimum security operating standards and the Mission security plan supporting the EU field security policy. As regards the protection of EU classified information with which staff are entrusted in the course of their duties, all staff shall respect the security principles and minimum standards established by the Council Decision 2001/264/EC of 19 March 2001 adopting Council’s security regulations(3)(hereinafter referred to as Council’s Security Regulations).

Status of Mission and EUPM staff
Article 8
1. The necessary arrangements shall be made regarding the continuation of the Agreement between the EU and BiH of 4 October 2002 on the activities of EUPM in BiH for the duration of EUPM.
2. The State or EU institution having seconded a staff member shall be responsible for answering any claims linked to the secondment, from or concerning the staff member. The State or EU institution in question shall be responsible for bringing any action against the seconded person.
3. The conditions of employment and the rights and obligations of international and local civilian staff shall be laid down in the contracts between the Head of Mission and the staff member.

Chain of command
Article 9
1. EUPM shall have a unified chain of command, as a crisis management operation.
2. Under the responsibility of the Council, the PSC shall exercise political control and strategic direction of EUPM.
3. The Civilian Operation Commander, under the political control and strategic direction of the PSC and the overall authority of the HR, shall be the commander of EUPM at the strategic level and, as such, shall issue instructions to the Head of Mission and provide him with advice and technical support.
4. The Civilian Operation Commander shall report to the Council through the HR.
5. The Head of Mission shall exercise command and control of EUPM at theatre level and shall be directly responsible to the Civilian Operation Commander.

Political control and strategic direction
Article 10
1. The PSC shall exercise, under the responsibility of the Council, political control and strategic direction of EUPM. The Council hereby authorises the PSC to take the relevant decisions in accordance with the third paragraph of Article 38 of the Treaty. This authorisation shall include the powers to appoint a Head of Mission, upon a proposal of the HR, and to amend the CONOPS and the OPLAN. The powers of decision with respect to the objectives and termination of EUPM shall remain vested in the Council.
2. The PSC shall report to the Council at regular intervals.
3. The PSC shall receive, on a regular basis and as required, reports by the Civilian Operation Commander and the Head of Mission on issues within their areas of responsibility.

Participation of third States
Article 11
1. Without prejudice to the decision-making autonomy of the Union and its single institutional framework, third States may be invited to contribute to EUPM, provided that they bear the cost of the staff seconded by them, including salaries, all risk insurance cover, daily subsistence allowances and travel expenses to and from BiH, and that they contribute to the running costs of EUPM, as appropriate.
2. Third States contributing to EUPM shall have the same rights and obligations in terms of day-to-day management of EUPM as Member States.
3. The Council hereby authorises the PSC to take the relevant decisions on acceptance of the proposed contributions and to establish a Committee of Contributors.
4. Detailed arrangements regarding the participation of third States shall be covered by agreements concluded in accordance with Article 37 of the Treaty. The HR may negotiate such agreements. Where the EU and a third State conclude an agreement establishing a framework for the participation of that third State in EU crisis-management operations, the provisions of that agreement shall apply in the context of the Mission.

Financial arrangements
Article 12
1. The financial reference amount for the year 2010 to cover the expenditure related to EUPM shall be EUR 14 100 000.
2. All expenditure shall be managed in accordance with the Community rules and procedures applicable to the general budget of the European Union. In accordance with the Financial Regulation, the Head of Mission may conclude technical arrangements with Member States, participating third States, and other international actors regarding the provision of equipment, services and premises to EUPM. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for the management of a warehouse stocking used equipment that may also be used to respond to urgent requirements in ESDP deployments. Nationals of participating third States and host country nationals shall be allowed to tender for contracts.
3. The Head of Mission shall report fully to, and be supervised by, the Commission regarding the activities undertaken in the framework of his contract.
4. The financial arrangements shall respect the operational requirements of EUPM, including compatibility of equipment and interoperability of its teams.
5. The expenditure related to EUPM shall be eligible as of 1 January 2010.

Security
Article 13
1. The Civilian Operation Commander shall direct the Head of Mission’s planning of security measures and ensure their proper and effective implementation for EUPM in accordance with Articles 5 and 9, in coordination with the Security Office of the General Secretariat of the Council.
2. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for the security of EUPM and for ensuring compliance with minimum security requirements applicable to EUPM, in line with the policy of the EU on the security of personnel deployed outside the EU in an operational capacity under Title V of the Treaty, and its supporting instruments.
3. The Head of Mission shall be assisted by a Senior Mission Security Officer (SMSO), who will report to the Head of Mission and also maintain a close functional relationship with the Security Office of the General Secretariat of the Council.
4. The Head of Mission shall appoint Area Security Officers in the four regional offices, who, under the authority of the SMSO, shall be responsible for the day-to-day management of all security aspects of the respective EUPM elements.
5. EUPM staff shall undergo mandatory security training before taking up their duties, in accordance with the OPLAN. They shall also receive regular in-theatre refresher training organised by the SMSO.

Coordination
Article 14
1. Without prejudice to the chain of command, the Head of Mission shall act in close coordination with the EU delegation in BiH to ensure consistency of EU action in support of BiH.
2. The Head of Mission shall coordinate closely with the EU Heads of Missions in BiH.
3. The Head of Mission shall cooperate with the other international actors present in the country, in particular OSCE, the Council of Europe and with the International Criminal Investigation Training Assistance Programme (ICITAP).

Release of classified information
Article 15
1. The HR shall be authorised to release to the third States associated with this Decision, as appropriate and in accordance with the needs of EUPM, EU classified information and documents up to ‘RESTREINT UE’ level generated for the purposes of EUPM, in accordance with the Council’s Security Regulations.
2. In the event of a specific and immediate operational need, the HR shall also be authorised to release to the host State any EU classified information and documents up to ‘RESTREINT UE’ level which are generated for the purposes of EUPM, in accordance with the Council’s Security Regulations. In all other cases, such information and documents shall be released to the host State in accordance with the appropriate procedures for cooperation by the host State with the EU.
3. The HR shall be authorised to release to the third States associated with this Decision any EU non-classified documents connected with the deliberations of the Council relating to EUPM and covered by the obligation of professional secrecy pursuant to Article 6(1) of the Council’s Rules of Procedure(4).

Review
Article 16
A six-monthly review process, in accordance with the assessment criteria set out in the CONOPS and the OPLAN shall enable adjustments to be made to EUPM’s activities, as necessary.

Watch-Keeping Capability
Article 17
The Watch-Keeping Capability shall be activated for EUPM.

Entry into force and duration
Article 18
This Decision shall enter into force on the date of its adoption.
It shall apply from 1 January 2010 until 31 December 2011. The budget for 2011 shall be decided upon separately by the Council.

Publication
Article 19
1. This Decision shall be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
2. Decisions of the PSC pursuant to Article 10(1) regarding the appointment of the Head of Mission shall also be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
Having regard to the Treaty on European Union and, in particular, Article 28 and Article 43(2) thereof,
(1) On 19 November 2007 the Council adopted Joint Action 2007/749/CFSP on the European Union Police Mission (EUPM) in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH)(1). That Joint Action expires on 31 December 2009.
(2) The command and control structure of EUPM should be without prejudice to the contractual responsibilities of the Head of Mission towards the Commission for implementing the budget of EUPM.
(3) The watch-keeping capability should be activated for EUPM.
(4) EUPM will be conducted in the context of a situation which may deteriorate and could harm the objectives of the common foreign and security policy as set out in Article 21 of the Treaty on European Union,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Mission

1. The European Union Police Mission (EUPM) in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH), established by Joint Action 2002/210/CFSP(2), shall be continued from 1 January 2010.
2. EUPM shall operate in accordance with the mission statement as set out in Article 2 and shall carry out the key tasks as set out in Article 3.

Mission statement

As part of the broader rule of law approach in BiH and in the region, EUPM, while retaining residual capacities in the fields of police reform and accountability, shall primarily support BiH relevant Law Enforcement Agencies in the fight against organised crime and corruption, notably focusing on State level Law Enforcement Agencies, on enhancement of the interaction between police and prosecutor and on regional and international cooperation.
EUPM shall provide operational advice to the European Union Special Representative (EUSR) to support him in his role. Through its work and its network within the country, EUPM shall contribute to overall efforts to ensure that the EU is fully informed of developments in BiH.
EUPM shall operate in line with the general objectives of Annex 11 of the General Framework Agreement for Peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina and its objective shall be supported by the European Community instruments.

Mission key tasks

In order to achieve the Mission, the key tasks of EUPM shall be to:
1.
strengthen the operational capacity and joint capability of Law Enforcement Agencies engaged in the fight against organised crime and corruption;
2.
assist and support in the planning and conduct of investigations in the fight against organised crime and corruption in a systematic approach;
3.
assist and promote development of criminal investigative capacities of BiH;
4.
enhance police-prosecution cooperation;
5.
strengthen police-penitentiary system cooperation;
6.
contribute to ensure a suitable level of accountability.

Structure of the Mission

1. EUPM shall be structured as follows:
(a)
main headquarters in Sarajevo, composed of the Head of the Mission and staff as defined in the Operation Plan (OPLAN);
(b)
four Regional Offices in Sarajevo, Banja Luka, Mostar and Tuzla;
(c)
co-locations within the relevant Law Enforcement Agencies engaged in the fight against organised crime and corruption at senior management level and on other key level as deemed required (State Investigation and Protection Agency, Border Police, Indirect Taxation Authority, Directorate for Police Coordination, State Prosecutors’ Office etc.).
2. These elements shall be subject to further detailed arrangements in the OPLAN. The Council shall approve the Concept of Operations (CONOPS) and the OPLAN.

Civilian Operation Commander

1. The Civilian Planning and Conduct Capability (CPCC) Director shall be the Civilian Operation Commander for EUPM.
2. The Civilian Operation Commander, under the political control and strategic direction of the Political and Security Committee (PSC) and the overall authority of the High Representative of the Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy (HR), shall exercise command and control of EUPM at the strategic level.
3. The Civilian Operation Commander shall ensure proper and effective implementation of the Council’s decisions as well as the PSC’s decisions, including by issuing instructions at the strategic level as required to the Head of Mission and providing him with advice and technical support.
4. All seconded staff shall remain under the full command of the national authorities of the seconding State or EU institution concerned. National authorities shall transfer Operational Control (OPCON) of their personnel, teams and units to the Civilian Operation Commander.
5. The Civilian Operation Commander shall have overall responsibility for ensuring that the EU’s duty of care is properly discharged.
6. The Civilian Operation Commander and the EUSR shall consult each other as required.

Head of Mission

1. The Head of Mission shall assume responsibility for and exercise command and control of EUPM at theatre level.
2. The Head of Mission shall exercise command and control over personnel, teams and units from contributing States as assigned by the Civilian Operation Commander together with administrative and logistic responsibility including over assets, resources and information placed at the disposal of EUPM.
3. The Head of Mission shall issue instructions to all EUPM staff for the effective conduct of EUPM in theatre, assuming its coordination and day-to-day management, and following the instructions at the strategic level of the Civilian Operation Commander.
4. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for the implementation of EUPM’s budget. For this purpose, the Head of Mission shall sign a contract with the Commission.
5. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for disciplinary control over the staff. For seconded staff, disciplinary action shall be exercised by the national or EU authority concerned.
6. The Head of Mission shall represent EUPM in the operations area and shall ensure its appropriate visibility.
7. The Head of Mission shall coordinate, as appropriate, with other EU actors on the ground. The Head of Mission shall, without prejudice to the chain of command, receive local political guidance from the EUSR.

EUPM Staff

1. The numbers and competence of EUPM staff shall be consistent with the mission statement set out in Article 2, the mission key tasks set out in Article 3 and the structure set out in Article 4.
2. EUPM shall consist primarily of staff seconded by Member States or EU institutions. Each Member State or EU institution shall bear the costs related to any of the staff seconded by it, including travel expenses to and from the place of deployment, salaries, medical coverage and allowances other than applicable daily allowances, as well as hardship and risk allowances.
3. International civilian staff and local staff may also be recruited by EUPM, as required, on a contractual basis, if the functions required are not provided by personnel seconded by Member States. Exceptionally, in duly justified cases, where no qualified applications from Member States are available, nationals from participating third States may be recruited on a contractual basis, as appropriate.
4. All staff shall abide by the Mission-specific minimum security operating standards and the Mission security plan supporting the EU field security policy. As regards the protection of EU classified information with which staff are entrusted in the course of their duties, all staff shall respect the security principles and minimum standards established by the Council Decision 2001/264/EC of 19 March 2001 adopting Council’s security regulations(3)(hereinafter referred to as Council’s Security Regulations).

Status of Mission and EUPM staff

1. The necessary arrangements shall be made regarding the continuation of the Agreement between the EU and BiH of 4 October 2002 on the activities of EUPM in BiH for the duration of EUPM.
2. The State or EU institution having seconded a staff member shall be responsible for answering any claims linked to the secondment, from or concerning the staff member. The State or EU institution in question shall be responsible for bringing any action against the seconded person.
3. The conditions of employment and the rights and obligations of international and local civilian staff shall be laid down in the contracts between the Head of Mission and the staff member.

Chain of command

1. EUPM shall have a unified chain of command, as a crisis management operation.
2. Under the responsibility of the Council, the PSC shall exercise political control and strategic direction of EUPM.
3. The Civilian Operation Commander, under the political control and strategic direction of the PSC and the overall authority of the HR, shall be the commander of EUPM at the strategic level and, as such, shall issue instructions to the Head of Mission and provide him with advice and technical support.
4. The Civilian Operation Commander shall report to the Council through the HR.
5. The Head of Mission shall exercise command and control of EUPM at theatre level and shall be directly responsible to the Civilian Operation Commander.

Political control and strategic direction

1. The PSC shall exercise, under the responsibility of the Council, political control and strategic direction of EUPM. The Council hereby authorises the PSC to take the relevant decisions in accordance with the third paragraph of Article 38 of the Treaty. This authorisation shall include the powers to appoint a Head of Mission, upon a proposal of the HR, and to amend the CONOPS and the OPLAN. The powers of decision with respect to the objectives and termination of EUPM shall remain vested in the Council.
2. The PSC shall report to the Council at regular intervals.
3. The PSC shall receive, on a regular basis and as required, reports by the Civilian Operation Commander and the Head of Mission on issues within their areas of responsibility.

Participation of third States

1. Without prejudice to the decision-making autonomy of the Union and its single institutional framework, third States may be invited to contribute to EUPM, provided that they bear the cost of the staff seconded by them, including salaries, all risk insurance cover, daily subsistence allowances and travel expenses to and from BiH, and that they contribute to the running costs of EUPM, as appropriate.
2. Third States contributing to EUPM shall have the same rights and obligations in terms of day-to-day management of EUPM as Member States.
3. The Council hereby authorises the PSC to take the relevant decisions on acceptance of the proposed contributions and to establish a Committee of Contributors.
4. Detailed arrangements regarding the participation of third States shall be covered by agreements concluded in accordance with Article 37 of the Treaty. The HR may negotiate such agreements. Where the EU and a third State conclude an agreement establishing a framework for the participation of that third State in EU crisis-management operations, the provisions of that agreement shall apply in the context of the Mission.

Financial arrangements

1. The financial reference amount for the year 2010 to cover the expenditure related to EUPM shall be EUR 14 100 000.
2. All expenditure shall be managed in accordance with the Community rules and procedures applicable to the general budget of the European Union. In accordance with the Financial Regulation, the Head of Mission may conclude technical arrangements with Member States, participating third States, and other international actors regarding the provision of equipment, services and premises to EUPM. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for the management of a warehouse stocking used equipment that may also be used to respond to urgent requirements in ESDP deployments. Nationals of participating third States and host country nationals shall be allowed to tender for contracts.
3. The Head of Mission shall report fully to, and be supervised by, the Commission regarding the activities undertaken in the framework of his contract.
4. The financial arrangements shall respect the operational requirements of EUPM, including compatibility of equipment and interoperability of its teams.
5. The expenditure related to EUPM shall be eligible as of 1 January 2010.

Security

1. The Civilian Operation Commander shall direct the Head of Mission’s planning of security measures and ensure their proper and effective implementation for EUPM in accordance with Articles 5 and 9, in coordination with the Security Office of the General Secretariat of the Council.
2. The Head of Mission shall be responsible for the security of EUPM and for ensuring compliance with minimum security requirements applicable to EUPM, in line with the policy of the EU on the security of personnel deployed outside the EU in an operational capacity under Title V of the Treaty, and its supporting instruments.
3. The Head of Mission shall be assisted by a Senior Mission Security Officer (SMSO), who will report to the Head of Mission and also maintain a close functional relationship with the Security Office of the General Secretariat of the Council.
4. The Head of Mission shall appoint Area Security Officers in the four regional offices, who, under the authority of the SMSO, shall be responsible for the day-to-day management of all security aspects of the respective EUPM elements.
5. EUPM staff shall undergo mandatory security training before taking up their duties, in accordance with the OPLAN. They shall also receive regular in-theatre refresher training organised by the SMSO.

Coordination

1. Without prejudice to the chain of command, the Head of Mission shall act in close coordination with the EU delegation in BiH to ensure consistency of EU action in support of BiH.
2. The Head of Mission shall coordinate closely with the EU Heads of Missions in BiH.
3. The Head of Mission shall cooperate with the other international actors present in the country, in particular OSCE, the Council of Europe and with the International Criminal Investigation Training Assistance Programme (ICITAP).

Release of classified information

1. The HR shall be authorised to release to the third States associated with this Decision, as appropriate and in accordance with the needs of EUPM, EU classified information and documents up to ‘RESTREINT UE’ level generated for the purposes of EUPM, in accordance with the Council’s Security Regulations.
2. In the event of a specific and immediate operational need, the HR shall also be authorised to release to the host State any EU classified information and documents up to ‘RESTREINT UE’ level which are generated for the purposes of EUPM, in accordance with the Council’s Security Regulations. In all other cases, such information and documents shall be released to the host State in accordance with the appropriate procedures for cooperation by the host State with the EU.
3. The HR shall be authorised to release to the third States associated with this Decision any EU non-classified documents connected with the deliberations of the Council relating to EUPM and covered by the obligation of professional secrecy pursuant to Article 6(1) of the Council’s Rules of Procedure(4).

Review

A six-monthly review process, in accordance with the assessment criteria set out in the CONOPS and the OPLAN shall enable adjustments to be made to EUPM’s activities, as necessary.

Watch-Keeping Capability

The Watch-Keeping Capability shall be activated for EUPM.

Entry into force and duration

This Decision shall enter into force on the date of its adoption.
It shall apply from 1 January 2010 until 31 December 2011. The budget for 2011 shall be decided upon separately by the Council.

Publication

1. This Decision shall be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.
2. Decisions of the PSC pursuant to Article 10(1) regarding the appointment of the Head of Mission shall also be published in theOfficial Journal of the European Union.

Pending: 32009D0870

2.12.2009 EN Official Journal of the European Union L 315/11
(1) Commission Decision 2009/821/EC of 28 September 2009 drawing up a list of approved border inspection posts, laying down certain rules on the inspections carried out by Commission veterinary experts and laying down the veterinary units in Traces(3)lays down a list of border inspection posts approved in accordance with Directives 91/496/EEC and 97/78/EC. That list is set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(2) The Commission inspection service, the Food and Veterinary Office (FVO) carried out an inspection at the border inspection post at the airport of Copenhagen in Denmark. The results of the inspection were satisfactory. An additional inspection centre should therefore be added for that border inspection post in the list set out in Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC.
(3) Following communications from Denmark, France, Italy and Portugal, certain categories of animals or products of animal origin that can be checked at certain border inspection posts already approved in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC should be added to the list of border inspection posts for those Member States set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(4) Following results of FVO inspections, in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC, and communications from France, Ireland and Italy, certain categories of animals and products of animal origin that can be checked at certain border inspection posts already approved in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC should be removed from the list of border inspection posts for those Member States set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(5) Following a communication from Latvia, the list of border inspection posts for that Member State should be amended to take account of the suspension of one of its border inspection posts.
(6) Following communications from Belgium, Germany and France, certain border inspection posts for those Member States should be deleted from the list of border inspection posts set out in Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC.
(7) Following communication from Italy, the list of border inspection posts for that Member State should be amended to take account of the change of the name of one of its border inspection posts.
(8) In addition, Belgium communicated that the OCHZ facility at the border inspection post at Zeebrugge has been closed and a new inspection facility has been put in place.
(9) Decision 2009/821/EC should therefore be amended accordingly.
(10) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
1) The part concerning Belgium is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted;(b)the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ (a) the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted; (b) the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ ‘Zeebrugge BE ZEE 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
(a) the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted;
(b) the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ ‘Zeebrugge BE ZEE 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
‘Zeebrugge BE ZEE 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
(a) the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted;
(b) the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ ‘Zeebrugge BE ZEE 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
‘Zeebrugge BE ZEE 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
‘Zeebrugge BE ZEE 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
2) The part concerning Denmark is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’(b)the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ (a) the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’ ‘København DK CPH 4 A Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) HC(1)(2), NHC (*) Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) HC (*), NHC(2) Centre 3 U, E, O Centre 4 HC(2)’ (b) the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ ‘Skagen DK SKA 1 P HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’
(a) the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’ ‘København DK CPH 4 A Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) HC(1)(2), NHC (*) Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) HC (*), NHC(2) Centre 3 U, E, O Centre 4 HC(2)’
‘København DK CPH 4 A Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) HC(1)(2), NHC (*)
Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) HC (*), NHC(2)
Centre 3 U, E, O
Centre 4 HC(2)’
(b) the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ ‘Skagen DK SKA 1 P HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’
‘Skagen DK SKA 1 P HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’
(a) the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’ ‘København DK CPH 4 A Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) HC(1)(2), NHC (*) Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) HC (*), NHC(2) Centre 3 U, E, O Centre 4 HC(2)’
‘København DK CPH 4 A Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) HC(1)(2), NHC (*)
Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) HC (*), NHC(2)
Centre 3 U, E, O
Centre 4 HC(2)’
‘København DK CPH 4 A Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) HC(1)(2), NHC (*)
Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) HC (*), NHC(2)
Centre 3 U, E, O
Centre 4 HC(2)’
(b) the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ ‘Skagen DK SKA 1 P HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’
‘Skagen DK SKA 1 P HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’
‘Skagen DK SKA 1 P HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’
3) In the part concerning Germany, the entries for the border inspection posts at Kiel, Lübeck and Rügen are deleted.
4) The part concerning Ireland is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’(b)the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ (a) the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’ ‘Dublin Airport IE DUB 4 A E’ (b) the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ ‘Shannon IE SNN 4 A HC(2), NHC(2) U, E’
(a) the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’ ‘Dublin Airport IE DUB 4 A E’
‘Dublin Airport IE DUB 4 A E’
(b) the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ ‘Shannon IE SNN 4 A HC(2), NHC(2) U, E’
‘Shannon IE SNN 4 A HC(2), NHC(2) U, E’
(a) the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’ ‘Dublin Airport IE DUB 4 A E’
‘Dublin Airport IE DUB 4 A E’
‘Dublin Airport IE DUB 4 A E’
(b) the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ ‘Shannon IE SNN 4 A HC(2), NHC(2) U, E’
‘Shannon IE SNN 4 A HC(2), NHC(2) U, E’
‘Shannon IE SNN 4 A HC(2), NHC(2) U, E’
5) The part concerning France is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted;(b)the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’(c)the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ (a) the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted; (b) the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’ ‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle FR CDG 4 A Air France HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT France Handling HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC Station animalière E, O(14)’ (c) the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Vatry FR VRY 4 A HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’
(a) the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted;
(b) the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’ ‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle FR CDG 4 A Air France HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT France Handling HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC Station animalière E, O(14)’
‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle FR CDG 4 A Air France HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT
France Handling HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC
Station animalière E, O(14)’
(c) the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Vatry FR VRY 4 A HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’
‘Vatry FR VRY 4 A HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’
(a) the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted;
(b) the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’ ‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle FR CDG 4 A Air France HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT France Handling HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC Station animalière E, O(14)’
‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle FR CDG 4 A Air France HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT
France Handling HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC
Station animalière E, O(14)’
‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle FR CDG 4 A Air France HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT
France Handling HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC
Station animalière E, O(14)’
(c) the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Vatry FR VRY 4 A HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’
‘Vatry FR VRY 4 A HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’
‘Vatry FR VRY 4 A HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’
6) The part concerning Italy is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’(b)the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’(c)the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ (a) the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ ‘Civitavecchia IT CVV 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’ (b) the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Gioia Tauro IT GIT 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ (c) the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Vado Ligure Savona IT VDL 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
(a) the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ ‘Civitavecchia IT CVV 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
‘Civitavecchia IT CVV 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
(b) the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Gioia Tauro IT GIT 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
‘Gioia Tauro IT GIT 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
(c) the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Vado Ligure Savona IT VDL 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
‘Vado Ligure Savona IT VDL 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
(a) the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ ‘Civitavecchia IT CVV 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
‘Civitavecchia IT CVV 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
‘Civitavecchia IT CVV 1 P HC(2), NHC(2)’
(b) the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Gioia Tauro IT GIT 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
‘Gioia Tauro IT GIT 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
‘Gioia Tauro IT GIT 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
(c) the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ ‘Vado Ligure Savona IT VDL 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
‘Vado Ligure Savona IT VDL 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
‘Vado Ligure Savona IT VDL 1 P HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’
7) In the part concerning Latvia, the entry for the port at Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) is replaced by the following:‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*)LV BTM 1PHC-T(FR)(2) (*)’ ‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*) LV BTM 1 P HC-T(FR)(2) (*)’
‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*) LV BTM 1 P HC-T(FR)(2) (*)’
‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*) LV BTM 1 P HC-T(FR)(2) (*)’
8) In the part concerning Portugal, the entry for the airport at Lisbon is replaced by the following:‘LisboaPT LIS 4AHC(2),NHC-NT(2)O’ ‘Lisboa PT LIS 4 A HC(2),NHC-NT(2) O’
‘Lisboa PT LIS 4 A HC(2),NHC-NT(2) O’
‘Lisboa PT LIS 4 A HC(2),NHC-NT(2) O’
THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Council Directive 91/496/EEC of 15 July 1991 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on animals entering the Community from third countries and amending Directives 89/662/EEC, 90/425/EEC and 90/675/EEC(1), and in particular the last sentence of the second subparagraph of Article 6(4) thereof,
Having regard to Council Directive 97/78/EC of 18 December 1997 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on products entering the Community from third countries(2), and in particular Article 6(2) thereof,
(1) Commission Decision 2009/821/EC of 28 September 2009 drawing up a list of approved border inspection posts, laying down certain rules on the inspections carried out by Commission veterinary experts and laying down the veterinary units in Traces(3)lays down a list of border inspection posts approved in accordance with Directives 91/496/EEC and 97/78/EC. That list is set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(2) The Commission inspection service, the Food and Veterinary Office (FVO) carried out an inspection at the border inspection post at the airport of Copenhagen in Denmark. The results of the inspection were satisfactory. An additional inspection centre should therefore be added for that border inspection post in the list set out in Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC.
(3) Following communications from Denmark, France, Italy and Portugal, certain categories of animals or products of animal origin that can be checked at certain border inspection posts already approved in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC should be added to the list of border inspection posts for those Member States set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(4) Following results of FVO inspections, in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC, and communications from France, Ireland and Italy, certain categories of animals and products of animal origin that can be checked at certain border inspection posts already approved in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC should be removed from the list of border inspection posts for those Member States set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(5) Following a communication from Latvia, the list of border inspection posts for that Member State should be amended to take account of the suspension of one of its border inspection posts.
(6) Following communications from Belgium, Germany and France, certain border inspection posts for those Member States should be deleted from the list of border inspection posts set out in Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC.
(7) Following communication from Italy, the list of border inspection posts for that Member State should be amended to take account of the change of the name of one of its border inspection posts.
(8) In addition, Belgium communicated that the OCHZ facility at the border inspection post at Zeebrugge has been closed and a new inspection facility has been put in place.
(9) Decision 2009/821/EC should therefore be amended accordingly.
(10) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:

Article 1
Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC is amended in accordance with the Annex to this Decision.

Article 2
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.

THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES,
Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community,
Having regard to Council Directive 91/496/EEC of 15 July 1991 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on animals entering the Community from third countries and amending Directives 89/662/EEC, 90/425/EEC and 90/675/EEC(1), and in particular the last sentence of the second subparagraph of Article 6(4) thereof,
Having regard to Council Directive 97/78/EC of 18 December 1997 laying down the principles governing the organisation of veterinary checks on products entering the Community from third countries(2), and in particular Article 6(2) thereof,
(1) Commission Decision 2009/821/EC of 28 September 2009 drawing up a list of approved border inspection posts, laying down certain rules on the inspections carried out by Commission veterinary experts and laying down the veterinary units in Traces(3)lays down a list of border inspection posts approved in accordance with Directives 91/496/EEC and 97/78/EC. That list is set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(2) The Commission inspection service, the Food and Veterinary Office (FVO) carried out an inspection at the border inspection post at the airport of Copenhagen in Denmark. The results of the inspection were satisfactory. An additional inspection centre should therefore be added for that border inspection post in the list set out in Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC.
(3) Following communications from Denmark, France, Italy and Portugal, certain categories of animals or products of animal origin that can be checked at certain border inspection posts already approved in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC should be added to the list of border inspection posts for those Member States set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(4) Following results of FVO inspections, in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC, and communications from France, Ireland and Italy, certain categories of animals and products of animal origin that can be checked at certain border inspection posts already approved in accordance with Decision 2009/821/EC should be removed from the list of border inspection posts for those Member States set out in Annex I to that Decision.
(5) Following a communication from Latvia, the list of border inspection posts for that Member State should be amended to take account of the suspension of one of its border inspection posts.
(6) Following communications from Belgium, Germany and France, certain border inspection posts for those Member States should be deleted from the list of border inspection posts set out in Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC.
(7) Following communication from Italy, the list of border inspection posts for that Member State should be amended to take account of the change of the name of one of its border inspection posts.
(8) In addition, Belgium communicated that the OCHZ facility at the border inspection post at Zeebrugge has been closed and a new inspection facility has been put in place.
(9) Decision 2009/821/EC should therefore be amended accordingly.
(10) The measures provided for in this Decision are in accordance with the opinion of the Standing Committee on the Food Chain and Animal Health,
HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION:
Annex I to Decision 2009/821/EC is amended in accordance with the Annex to this Decision.
This Decision is addressed to the Member States.
ANNEXAnnex I is amended as follows:

1) | The part concerning Belgium is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted;(b)the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ | (a) | the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted; | (b) | the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ | ‘Zeebrugge | BE ZEE 1 | P | | HC(2), NHC(2)’ |
(a) | the entry for the port at Oostende is deleted;
(b) | the entry for the port at Zeebrugge is replaced by the following:‘ZeebruggeBE ZEE 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ | ‘Zeebrugge | BE ZEE 1 | P | | HC(2), NHC(2)’ |
‘Zeebrugge | BE ZEE 1 | P | | HC(2), NHC(2)’ |
2) | The part concerning Denmark is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’(b)the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ | (a) | the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’ | ‘København | DK CPH 4 | A | Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) | HC(1)(2), NHC (*) | | Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) | HC (*), NHC(2) | | Centre 3 | | U, E, O | Centre 4 | HC(2)’ | | (b) | the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ | ‘Skagen | DK SKA 1 | P | | HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ |
(a) | the entry for the airport at Copenhagen is replaced by the following:‘KøbenhavnDK CPH 4ACentre 1, SAS 1 (North)HC(1)(2), NHC (*)Centre 2, SAS 2 (East)HC (*), NHC(2)Centre 3U, E, OCentre 4HC(2)’ | ‘København | DK CPH 4 | A | Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) | HC(1)(2), NHC (*) | | Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) | HC (*), NHC(2) | | Centre 3 | | U, E, O | Centre 4 | HC(2)’ |
‘København | DK CPH 4 | A | Centre 1, SAS 1 (North) | HC(1)(2), NHC (*) |
Centre 2, SAS 2 (East) | HC (*), NHC(2) |
Centre 3 | | U, E, O
Centre 4 | HC(2)’ |
(b) | the entry for the port at Skagen is replaced by the following:‘SkagenDK SKA 1PHC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ | ‘Skagen | DK SKA 1 | P | | HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ |
‘Skagen | DK SKA 1 | P | | HC-(FR)(1)(2)(3), NHC(6)’ |
3) | In the part concerning Germany, the entries for the border inspection posts at Kiel, Lübeck and Rügen are deleted.
4) | The part concerning Ireland is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’(b)the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ | (a) | the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’ | ‘Dublin Airport | IE DUB 4 | A | | | E’ | (b) | the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ | ‘Shannon | IE SNN 4 | A | | HC(2), NHC(2) | U, E’
(a) | the entry for the airport at Dublin is replaced by the following:‘Dublin AirportIE DUB 4AE’ | ‘Dublin Airport | IE DUB 4 | A | | | E’
‘Dublin Airport | IE DUB 4 | A | | | E’
(b) | the entry for the airport at Shannon is replaced by the following:‘ShannonIE SNN 4AHC(2), NHC(2)U, E’ | ‘Shannon | IE SNN 4 | A | | HC(2), NHC(2) | U, E’
‘Shannon | IE SNN 4 | A | | HC(2), NHC(2) | U, E’
5) | The part concerning France is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted;(b)the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’(c)the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ | (a) | the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted; | (b) | the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’ | ‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle | FR CDG 4 | A | Air France | HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT | | France Handling | HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC | | Station animalière | | E, O(14)’ | (c) | the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ | ‘Vatry | FR VRY 4 | A | | HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ |
(a) | the entry for the port at Concarneau–Douarnenez is deleted;
(b) | the entry for the airport at Roissy Charles–de–Gaulle is replaced by the following:‘Roissy Charles-de-GaulleFR CDG 4AAir FranceHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NTFrance HandlingHC-T(1),HC-NT,NHCStation animalièreE, O(14)’ | ‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle | FR CDG 4 | A | Air France | HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT | | France Handling | HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC | | Station animalière | | E, O(14)’
‘Roissy Charles-de-Gaulle | FR CDG 4 | A | Air France | HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC-NT |
France Handling | HC-T(1),HC-NT,NHC |
Station animalière | | E, O(14)’
(c) | the entry for the airport at Vatry is replaced by the following:‘VatryFR VRY 4AHC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ | ‘Vatry | FR VRY 4 | A | | HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ |
‘Vatry | FR VRY 4 | A | | HC-T(CH)(1)(2), NHC-NT(2)’ |
6) | The part concerning Italy is amended as follows:(a)the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’(b)the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’(c)the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ | (a) | the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ | ‘Civitavecchia | IT CVV 1 | P | | HC(2), NHC(2)’ | | (b) | the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ | ‘Gioia Tauro | IT GIT 1 | P | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ | | (c) | the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ | ‘Vado Ligure Savona | IT VDL 1 | P | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ |
(a) | the entry for the port at Civitavecchia is replaced by the following:‘CivitavecchiaIT CVV 1PHC(2), NHC(2)’ | ‘Civitavecchia | IT CVV 1 | P | | HC(2), NHC(2)’ |
‘Civitavecchia | IT CVV 1 | P | | HC(2), NHC(2)’ |
(b) | the entry for the port at Gioia Tauro is replaced by the following:‘Gioia TauroIT GIT 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ | ‘Gioia Tauro | IT GIT 1 | P | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ |
‘Gioia Tauro | IT GIT 1 | P | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ |
(c) | the entry for the port at Vado Ligure Savona port is replaced by the following:‘Vado Ligure SavonaIT VDL 1PHC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ | ‘Vado Ligure Savona | IT VDL 1 | P | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ |
‘Vado Ligure Savona | IT VDL 1 | P | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2)’ |
7) | In the part concerning Latvia, the entry for the port at Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) is replaced by the following:‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*)LV BTM 1PHC-T(FR)(2) (*)’ | ‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*) | LV BTM 1 | P | | HC-T(FR)(2) (*)’ |
‘Riga (Baltmarine Terminal) (*) | LV BTM 1 | P | | HC-T(FR)(2) (*)’ |
8) | In the part concerning Portugal, the entry for the airport at Lisbon is replaced by the following:‘LisboaPT LIS 4AHC(2),NHC-NT(2)O’ | ‘Lisboa | PT LIS 4 | A | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2) | O’
‘Lisboa | PT LIS 4 | A | | HC(2),NHC-NT(2) | O’